price list - Faac eshop | faac

Transcription

price list - Faac eshop | faac
P.T.
HEADQUARTERS
ITALY
FAAC SpA
Via Calari 10 - 40069 Zola Predosa (BO)
Tel. +39 051 61724 - Fax +39 051 758518
[email protected] - www.faacgroup.com
POLAND
FAAC MALAYSIA
Selangor, Malaysia
tel. +60 3 5123 0033
www.faac.international
FAAC FRANCE
Saint Priest - Lyon, France
tel. +33 4 72218700
www.faac.fr
AUSTRALIA
FAAC FRANCE - AGENCE PARIS
Massy - Paris, France
tel. +33 1 69191620
www.faac.fr
FAAC POLSKA SP.ZO.O
Warszawa, Poland
tel. +48 22 8141422
fax +48 22 8142024
www.faac.pl
FAAC AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
Homebush – Sydney, Australia
tel. +61 2 87565644
www.faac.com.au
AUSTRIA
FAAC GMBH
Salzburg, Austria
tel. +43 662 8533950
www.faac.at
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
tel. +49 30 56796645
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
BENELUX
FAAC BENELUX NV/SA
Brugge, Belgium
tel. +32 50 320202
www.faacbenelux.com
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands
tel. +31 475 406014
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
KEMKO AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES
7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands
tel. +31 314 378777
www.kemko.nl
BRAZIL
INDÚSTRIAS ROSSI ELETROMECÂNICA SA
Brasilia DF, Brazil
tel. +55 61 33998787
www.rossiportoes.com.br
CHINA
FAAC SHANGHAI
Shanghai, China
tel. +86 21 68182970
www.faacgroup.cn
FAAC FRANCE - DEPARTEMENT VOLETS
Saint Denis de Pile - Bordeaux, France
tel. +33 5 57551890
www.faac.fr
GERMANY
FAAC GMBH
Freilassing, Germany
tel. +49 8654 49810
www.faac.de
RUSSIA
FAAC RUSSIA
Moscow, Russia
tel. +7 (495) 646 24 29
www.faac.ru
SOUTH AFRICA
FAAC SOUTH AFRICA
2040 Johannesburg
tel. +27 11 794 4525
www.faac.international
SPAIN
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
tel. +49 30 56796645
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
CLEM, S.A.U.
San Sebastián de los Reyes - Madrid, Spain
tel. +34 91 3581110
www.faac.es
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
FAAC INDIA PVT. LTD
Noida – Delhi, India
tel. +91 120 3934100/4199
www.faacindia.com
FAAC AG
Altdorf, Switzerland
tel. +41 41 8713440
www.faac.ch
IRELAND
TURKEY
NATIONAL AUTOMATION LTD
Co. Roscommon, Ireland
tel. +353 71 9663893
www.nal.ie
FAAC OTOMATİK GEÇİ� SİSTEMLERİ
SAN. VE TİC. LTD. SIRTEKI
İstanbul, Turkey
tel.+90 (0)212 - 3431311
www.faac.com.tr
MIDDLE EAST
FAAC MIDDLE EAST FZE
Dubai Silicon Oasis Operation Center - Dubai, UAE
tel. + 971 4 3724190
www.faac.ae
SCANDINAVIA
FAAC NORDIC AB
Perstorp, Sweden
tel. +46 435 779500
www.faac.se
UNITED KINGDOM
FAAC UK LTD.
Basingstoke Hampshire, UK
tel. +44 1256 318100
www.faac.co.uk
U.S.A.
FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC
Rockledge, FL - U.S.A.
tel. +1 866 925 3222
www.faacusa.com
FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC
Fullerton, California - U.S.A.
tel. +1 714 446 9800
www.faacusa.com
WHEN IDEAS
CHANGE THE WORLD
Price List - Rev. 24
FRANCE
9908295004 - Rev. 24 - (03-2015) - 1.000 - Zucchini - (04-2015)
ASIA - PACIFIC
For an on-going product improvement, FAAC SpA reserves the right to make technical modifications without prior notice.
All rights are reserved and the reproduction, in any form or by any means, of the whole or any part of this publication, is forbidden without prior permission of FAAC SpA.
SUBSIDIARIES
PRICE LIST
Valid from 03/2015
GIUSEPPE MANINI
WHEN AN IDEA
CHANGES THE WORLD
Innovation,
the ability to push ourselves
beyond established practice,
the courage to cross frontiers
and open up many more: these are the values
which have inspired the FAAC Group throughout
its history, right from its foundation in 1965.
So many different chapters, all marked by a foresight
and a pioneering spirit which represent the solid
foundations on which the Group continues to build.
50 years on from its foundation, FAAC is taking the opportunity
to celebrate these values, paying tribute to those who first
set out new goals, embodying the very approach
that has always distinguished the company, its employees and its partners.
A recognition dedicated to an inventor and a pioneer who significantly improved
our daily lives, initially in Italy and then all over the world.
An innovative genius that Giuseppe Manini instilled and nurtured in FAAC right
from its foundation, sensing that a successful and sustainable business is based
on providing simple and effective solutions to our daily needs.
Solutions which opened the doors to much, much more.
FAAC SpA
hydraulic operator
beginning of the 70’s
FAAC
SAFE & GREEN.
Innovation
has new symbols.
SAFE & GREEN is the FAAC answer for a new approach to the world of automatic systems
FAAC, a pioneer in the world of automatic systems, launches new systems and solutions able to
effectively respond to the topics for which it is very fond of:
• The safety of the automated installations is fully compliant to EU norms and current standards
• Reduction of energy consumption enables a lower environmental impact and, as a
consequence, a quantifiable cost saving for the end user.
FAAC
SAFEzone.
Everything is simpler,
everything is safer.
With SAFEzone FAAC identifies systems and/or devices that can simplify the realization of automation systems in compliance with the requirements of the current European Machinery Directive (MD 2006/42/EC).
SAFEzone includes a range of FAAC solutions (Hydraulic and electromechanical operators with 24Vdc
and 230Vac power supply) that, by means of the use of new control boards and/or new devices like
the absolute encoder SAFEcoder (FAAC patent), allow not only the realization of new installations in
compliance with the Euro Norm requirements, but also the up-grade of existing installations with no
need to replace the automations already installed.
SAFEcoder: the heart of safety
The new absolute encoder SAFEcoder guarantees the overall movement control, the immediate
obstacle detection and reverse on contact and offers the following advantages:
• Can be installed on already existing FAAC swing-leaf gates installations, hydraulic and
electromechanical, 230Vac and 24Vdc.
• Can be installed on already existing FAAC installations (no need to modify the brackets or installations dimensions).
• Allows you to automatically, and with extreme precision, set the deceleration and end
travel positions with no need of electronic limit switches.
• Avoid the motor to overpush against the end travel mechanical stops and, consequently, increases the lifetime of the installation and its duty cycle.
• Gives the possibility to eliminate the mechanical travel stops by manually setting the stop positions, also for partial openings.
• Avoids abnormal movements after power failure (the absolute encoder always keeps in memory the leaf position).
4
GREENTECH:
the most natural
choice for saving
energy.
With GREENTECH, FAAC identifies systems and/or devices which are a combination of latest generation electronics and mechanical innovations and innovative patented solutions that allow a significant
reduction of energy consumption and on-going installation running costs such as:
•
•
•
•
•
Use of switching power supply devices with very high efficiency instead of traditional laminated or toroidal transformers on the control boards
Use of high performance mechanical reductions (Cyclo - FAAC Patent) for sliding operators (mechanical efficiency = 80%, more than double compared to the traditional reductions)
Optimization of opening and closing time (Energy Saving) of pedestrian automatic doors
Electronic control boards enabling ‘Sleep Mode’ during standby in order to reduce power consum-
ption when the automatic system is not working
Absolute encoder SAFEcoder (FAAC Patent) reducing working time
We aim to provide a better respect for the environment and to get a real cost advantage for the end
user thanks to the quantifiable money saving of the installation running costs. These results have been
achieved maintaining the high performance levels of FAAC automatic systems.
All SAFEzone & GREENTECH systems and control boards have been identified with
a specific logo:
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
EXAMPLE.
Accessories or product
combinations list enabling
the automatic system to be
identified as SAFEzone
and/or GREENTECH.
5
FAAC
The future has fifty years
of history behind it
Sixteen manufacturing plants, two electronic and one
mechanical research departments, 32 subsidiaries in 24
countries, over eighty distributors all over the world: FAAC
is the undisputed leader in automated systems for opening
gates and garages and is a very important company in the
European industrial system.
We have a very wide range of products:
• operators for swing-leaf gates;
• gearmotors for sliding gates;
• operators for up-and-over doors;
•barriers;
• automatic doors;
• traffic bollards;
• access control systems;
• operators for shutters;
• operators for rolling shutters and sun blinds.
INNOVATION
SAFETY
In 1965 we introduced hydraulics in the gate opening sector
and, through the years, we have perfected this technology,
adapting it to a multiplicity of needs. Today FAAC automated
systems satisfy both intensive use - just think of the millions
of manoeuvres per year of motorway barriers - and economic
use, as in the case of the 402 residential operator.
We began making our own electronic equipment at the end
of the Eighties: these include control units, radio controls,
as well as safety and signalling systems. FAAC is always
a step ahead in electronics too: we were the first to use
microprocessors in control units, SMT technology as well as
simplified self-learning in radio controls.
FAAC has always given maximum attention to accident
prevention and safety for gates and door automated systems.
This awareness is proven by our "historic" choice of hydraulic
technology, defined as the safest, and by conformity of our
products to very latest European standards and also to
European specifications for the CE mark. Before putting the
CE mark on its products, FAAC arranged for an independent
laboratory to test them, non just individually but in all their
possible combinations in an installation. This means that,
in FAAC's case, observing the European standards is not
just paying lip-service through mere self-declaration but
something evaluated by a recognised organisation.
ORGANIZATION
FAAC has strengthened itself through the years also in
terms of in-house organization, with the aim of guiding and
anticipating the development of the company, through its
evolving organization structure.
The lay-out of company divisions/posts and the creation of
integrated company policies derive from various factors,
which include: development of complex sales networks in
over eighty countries, three production plants and direct
branches in fourteen nations, overall work-force of more than
one thousand employees (ca. 300 in Italy) and consolidated
turnover of which over 60% is obtained abroad.
6
THE BOLOGNA HEADQUARTERS AND PLANT
The company's headquarters and production plant are in Zola Predosa, in the industrial area of Bologna.
Here the operators for automating the accesses are designed, built and tested.
FAAC is organized in keeping with the model of leading modern industrial companies and its internal
architecture, too, meets space functionality needs. A highly developed IT system manages all important
aspects - technical, production, administrative and control - thus increasing overall response capacity
and individual efficiency. The plant system, with its modern organization, provides output capacity of
over 800,000 operators per year.
FAAC's research in mechanics, hydraulics and digital electronics enables it to implement on-going
MADE IN ITALY-IRELAND-FRANCE
technical and technological renewal, assuring its undisputed position at the forefront of its sector.
http://faac.ec/itofficehq
THE FAAC ELECTRONICS LTD. PLANT IN DUBLIN
FAAC ELECTRONICS Ltd. is based in Dublin, Eire. Here, its modern plant is addressed to research, design
and production of electronic equipment on the leading-edge of technology.
FAAC ELECTRONICS Ltd. became an integral part of the FAAC group at the end of the Eighties,
specialising in the production of electronic access control units. The overall electronic production of
FAAC is concentrated here: microprocessor control equipment, infra-red ray photocells, radio controls
and coded opening systems. Close co-operation between the Bologna and Dublin design and research
departments enables FAAC to offer systems with maximum integration of components and products,
thus further enhancing overall quality and reliability.
http://faac.ec/vireland
7
FAAC
Quality improvement
cycle
Sales
After-Sales
Technical
Service
Feedback from
network and
end users
Improvement
actions
Market
surveys
Sales
Assistance
FAAC Quality
Sales
Network
Training
Supplier
Qualification
Material
procurement and
assembly lines
Suppliers
Production
with 100%
inspections
Project
Validation
Project
checks
Suppliers
Prototype
development
and tests
Market
surveys
Design
Planning
Product
plan
A rigorous Quality System
FAAC's philosophy is based on quality.
FAAC was certified according to the UNI EN ISO 9001 in February 1996.
This certification proves the on-going committment of the company to reach increasingly ambitious goals of customer
satisfaction while producing at competitive costs and within the planned timetables.
8
9
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE
Index
Consultation guide
Attention to your needs
The FAAC catalogue/price list is easy to consult and helps you choose a FAAC product tailored to your needs.
A colored path
All the products in the FAAC catalogue/price list belong to “families”.
To make consultation easier they are divided by color.
KITS
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
ACCESSORIES
ACCESS CONTROL
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
PARKING
AUTOMATIC DOORS
The advantages
The FAAC catalogue/price list contains short explanations of characteristics and advantages offered by the FAAC products.
Practical and easy to keep everything under control
The catalogue/price list contains pictures, dimensional data and information on the available packages which enable you to
keep all applications under control.
Technical specifications
You can find the technical specifications of each product, of the electronic equipment and of their accessories.
Advices and information for customers
With the explanatory tables you can help your customers make the best choice and give them all the information they need.
Codes and prices
The installation cost can be easily calculated using price in Euros and item code of each product or accessory.
Description of symbols
Electronic control board with integrated
radio control decoding
10
Control board for accessories with two-wire
cabling, FAAC proprietary protocol
Control board compatible with external modules
which allows the automated systems remote control
Hydraulic operators with electric motor 24 V dc
Double insulation motors
START KITS
Safe & Green Retrofit Kit
Handy start kit 24V
Energy kit 24V
Cyclo Start kit C720 24V
Cyclo Start kit C721 24V
Eco Start kit 230V
Trendy kit 230 V
Leader kit 230V
Hybrid 450 Kit 24V
Delta 2 kit 230 V
Delta 3 kit 230 V
Pratico kit 230V
Power start kit 24V
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
391 Electro-mechanical operator with articulated arm for residential gates 24V
390 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V
412 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V
413 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V
415 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V
S418 Low-voltage electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 24V
402 Hydraulic operator for residential gates 230V
S450H for residential and condominium gates 24V
422 Hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 230V
400 Hydraulic operator for condominium and industrial gates 230V
770N Underground electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V
750 CP Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 230V
S800H Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 24V
S800H ENC Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 24V
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
740 - 741 Gearmotor for residential gates 230V
C720 - C721 low-voltage gearmotor for residential (C720) and commercial (C721) gates 24V
746 ER Gearmotor for residential and condominium gates 230V
844 ER Gearmotor for condominium and industrial gates 230V
844 R 3PH Gearmotor for industrial gates 400V
844 R Reversible Gearmotor for condominium and industrial gates 230V
884 MC 3PH Gearmotor for industrial gates 400V
C850 Gearmotor 230V
Rack and chain for 746 - 844
page page page page page page
page
page page page page
page page
page page
page page page
page page page page page
page page NEW
page
page page page 15
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
page page page page page page page page page page 58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
22
24
26
30
32
34
38
40
42
44
46
48
52
54
56
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS
D600 - D700HS - D1000 dolphinkits Electromechanically-driven operators 24V
540 Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V
541 3PH Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V
page page page page 78
80
82
84
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS
550 Electro-mechanical operator for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for residential use 230V
580 Hydraulic operator for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for intensive use 230V
page page page 86
88
90
11
Index
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS
page
R180N - R280N - 227L Gearmotors for spring balanced rolling shutters 230V AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR
page
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
page
390 Electro-mechanical operator with telescopic arm 230V and 24V
page
560 Hydraulic operator for bi-folding doors for intensive use 230V
page
115V and winter versions
page
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
615 BPR Automatic barrier 230V
617 Automatic electromechanical barrier 230V
620 STANDARD Automatic barrier 230V
620 RAPID Automatic barrier 230V
620 TT Automatic barrier 230V
620 SR Automatic barrier 230V
640 Automatic barrier 230V
B680H Hybrid barrier 24V
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Table of boards
E045
E145
E024S
E124
740 D
E721
780 D
844 T
884 T
E850
E600-E700 HS-E1000
540 BPR
200 MPS
E550
596/615 BPR
624 BLD
E680
JE275
SAFEcoder
Enclosures
page page p page page page page
page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 136
138
140
141
142
143
144
144
145
146
146
147
148
148
149
149
150
150
151
152
153
153
ACCESSORIES
Transmitters and receivers 868MHz SLH LR
Transmitters and receivers 433MHz SLH LR
Transmitters and receivers SLHP LR/RC
Control systems - simple pulse generators
Control systems - electronic pulse generators
Control systems - pulse generator for special applications - Miniservice
Safety devices - photocells
Safety devices - C TYPE device edge MSE 110W
Safety devices - C TYPE device edge XS 55
Additional safety devices
Other accessories - electric lock - leaf lock - mechanical stops - oil
154
156
158
160
162
163
165
166
168
169
170
171
ACCESS CONTROL
MAG 100: Magnetic readers
TAG 10: Proximity reader
RESIST: Readers for pedestrian and vehicle gates
page page page
page
12
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
92
94
96
98
102
104
106
108
112
116
120
124
126
129
132
172
174
175
176
Minitime
Viper 400: Control board
Resist SA: Autonomous readers / keypads
Minitime SA
AT-4/868
AT-4
Cobra 5000 Plus
Software and cards
Accessplus
page page
page page
page
page page page
page 177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
J275 HA V2
J275 SA
J275 F
J355 M30-P1 HA
J355 M30-P1 F
J200 HA
J200 SA
J200 F
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
202
PARKING
J call system
page page page page
page
page page page page page page
AUTOMATIC DOORS
A100 COMPACT
A140 AIR
950N
page page
page
page
208
210
212
214
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE
page 216
204
206
13
Kits
Model
• Safe&Green Retrofit kit
• Handy Start kit 24V
• Energy Start kit 24V
• Cyclo Start kit C720 24V
• Cyclo Start kit C721 24V • Eco Start kit 230V
• Trendy Start kit 230V
• Leader Start kit 230V
• Hybrid Start kit 24V
• Delta2 Start kit 230V
• Delta3 Start kit 230V
• Pratico Start kit 230V
• Power Start kit 24V
Pag.
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
Start kit
Openable box in order to allow the customisation
of the kit configuration according
to specific requirement
SAFE&GREEN
Retrofit kit
Kit to upgrade the existing 230V installations
For swing-leaf gates with electromechanical and hydraulic operators
(excluding the following models: 390, 412, 750 CP and 770N)
SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E045 package includes:
Qty.
Description
Code
1
E045 Control Board
790005
2
Absolute Magnetic BUS encoder SAFEcoder
404040
1
BUS XIB Interface
790062
1
Receiver XF 433 Mhz
319006
SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E145 package includes:
Qty.
Description
Code
1
E145 Control Board
790006
2
Absolute Magnetic BUS encoder SAFEcoder
404040
Models
Item Code
Price (euro)
SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit
390106
398,00
SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E145
390113
340,00
16
Kits
Handy Start kit 24V
Content
KIT
Handy Start kit 24V
Quantity
2 Electro-mechanical operator S418 24V 2 for residential swing gates
with single-leaf max length of 2,3 m
2
1 E024S control board (code 790286)
1
Code
kit Price €
10599893
707,00
Code
kit Price €
10457593
690,00
Code
kit Price €
10599993
350,00
Energy Start kit 24V
Energy Start kit 24V
Content
Quantity
1 Electro-mechanical operator 391 E with operating arms for residential
swing gates with Control Board incorporated
1
1 Electro-mechanical operator 391 for residential swing gates
1
Articulated arms
2
Cyclo Start kit 24V - C720
Cyclo Start kit 24V C720
Content
Quantity
1 Electro-mechanical operator C720 for residential sliding gates with
single-leaf max weight 400 kg
1
Foundation plate
1
17
Kits
Cyclo Start kit 24V - C721
Cyclo Start kit 24V - C721
Content
Quantity
Electro-mechanical operator C721 for residential sliding gates with
single-leaf max weight 400kg
1
Foundation plate
1
Code
kit Price €
10599994
581,00
Code
kit Price €
10563293
467,00
Code
kit Price €
10441993
607,00
Eco Start kit
Eco Start kit 230V
Content
Quantity
1 Electro-mechanical system 412 RH for residential swing gates
1
1 Electro-mechanical system 412 LH for residential swing gates
1
1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119)
1
Trendy Start kit
Trendy Start kit 230V
Quantity
2 Electro-mechanical system 413 for residential swing gates
2
1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119)
1
Content
18
Kits
Leader Start kit 230V
KIT
Leader Start kit
Quantity
2 Hydraulic operators 402 CBC for residential swing gates
2
1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119)
1
Content
Code
kit Price €
10563393
785,00
Code
kit Price €
10568393
1.204,00
Hybrid Start kit 24V
Hybrid 450H Start kit 24V
Content
Quantity
Swing leaf gate operators S450H for residential and condominium
gates with max leaf length of 2 m (CBAC)
2
Electronic control board E024S with enclosure (code 790286)
1
19
Kits
Delta 2 Start kit
Delta 2 Start kit 230V
Content
Quantity
1 Gearmotor 740 E Z16 for residential sliding gates with Control Board
740D incorporated
1
foundation plate
1
Code
kit Price €
10563093
363,00
Code
kit Price €
10565493
500,00
Delta 3 Start kit
Delta 3 Start kit 230V
Content
20
Quantity
1 Gearmotor 741 E Z16 for residential sliding gates with Control Board
740D incorporated
1
foundation plate
1
Kits
Pratico Start kit 230V
Content
1 Gearmotor 746 ER Z16 for sliding gates with Control Board 780D
incorporated
KIT
Pratico Start kit
Quantity
1
Code
kit Price €
10564993
607,00
Code
kit Price €
10674793
1.036,00
1 Foundation plate
Power Start kit 24V
Power Start kit 24V
Content
Quantity
Underground operators 770N
2
Control board E024S with enclosure (code 790286)
1
21
Type of installation
external motor
Residential
391
24V
390
230V
412
230V
413
230V
Condominium
415
415
24V
415 L
415 L
24V
S418
402
422
422
Industrial
Leaf max
length (m)
S450H
400
400
2,50
3,00
1,80
2,50
3,00
3,00
4,00
(L)
4,00
(L)
2,30
1,80
1,80
(CBC) (CBAC)
3,00
(SBS)
2,20
(CBCCBACCBACLN)
3,00
(SB)
4,00
(SB)
7,00
(SBS)
underground motor
Residential
770N
Condominium
Leaf max
3,50
length (m)
Max leaf
weight (kg)
22
S450H
500
750
CP
S800H
S800H ENC
750
CP
S800H
S800H ENC
1,80
(CBAC)
2,00
(CBAC)
2,00
(CBAC)
2,50
(SB)
4,00
(SBW)
4,00
(SBW)
800
800
800
3,00
(SB)
Automated systems
for swing-leaf gates
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
23
391
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator
with articulated arm 24V
for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width
of 2 m (2.5 m with the electric lock)
• Compact, elegant design. Width - the crucial overall dimension - is as little as 185 mm!
• Versatile, simple installation. The articulated arm allows high flexibility for the installation
dimensions, enabling use also on large pillars.
• With the non-reversing operator, there is no need to install electro-mechanical closing devices.
In case of a power cut, the rotation of the (key protected) release device alone, makes it
possible to move the gate manually.
• Built-in mechanical stops: no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops.
• New control unit with anti-crushing device
and virtual encoder with reverse function upon
detection of obstacle.
• Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of
powercut (optional).
GREENTECH System:
391 24V + E124
• IMPORTANT: to ensure correct operation, make sure that the distance between the gate hinge and
any walls or lateral fencing is greater than 725 mm.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 391
Power supply
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Max. torque
Max. angular speed
Max. leaf length *
Max. leaf weight **
391E
230 Vac
391E
391
/
Use frequency at 20 °C
Consecutive cycles at 20 °C
24 Vdc
120 W
40 W
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
250 Nm
13° sec
2.5 m
See graph A
391
1:80
30 cycles/day
IP 44
-20 °C to +55 °C
8.7 kg
185 x 260 x 310
* For leaves with a length exceeding 2 m, an electric lock must be fitted.
** The weight of the leaf depends on its length. On graph A, check if your leaf is in the zone shown in the graph.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description
2
3
A B
1
4
4
4
4
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 3x0,50
2 cables 2x0,50
1 cable 2x2,50
1 cable 2x1,50
Power cabling (230 V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
24
1

1


1
1
1
1

1

1

TOTAL
Operator 391 E with control board
and articulated arm
Operator 391 with articulated arm
Receiver XF 433
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc
Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
Key-operated push-button T10 E
Item code
Price
(euro)
104576
414,00
104577
319006
276,00
47,00
787007
410014
785103
401019001/36
35,00
47,00
74,00
38,00
931,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
391
Use
Single-leaf
max. lenght (m)
2 m (2.5 with electric lock)
2 m (2.5 with electric lock)
391 E
391
Use frequency
(cycles/day)
80
80
Item code
Price (euro)
104576
104577
414,00
276,00
Control unit
EO24S included
Not included
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The 391 E package includes: an electro-mechanical operator with built-in control board and transformer, an articulated arm, a release key.
The 391 package includes: an electro-mechanical operator, an articulated arm, a release key.
CONTROL UNITS
Control unit E 024S with enclosure
Technical specifications page 142
Control unit E 124 with enclosure
Technical specifications page 143
BUS XIB interface
(if using E024S control board with
non BUS photocells)
Emergency battery support kit*
(only for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
790284
307,00 790062
12,50
390926
15,50
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Faaclight Flashing lamp 24 Vdc
Item code
Price (euro)
410014
47,00
Pair of straight arms
Item code
Price (euro)
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Item code
390923
Price (euro)
93,00
738010
48,00
Plate for walling-in
Item code
Price (euro)
737403
41,00
XK 21 L 24 V
Burglar-resistant
key-selector with lever release
External release kit
(only for XK 21 L 24 V)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401301
100,00
424001
26,50
Receiver XF433 Mhz
Receiver XF868 Mhz
Item code XF433 319006
Price (euro)
47,00
Item code XF868 319007
Price (euro)
47,00
Graph A
Notes
• For a single-leaf gate, use a 391 E operator. For a double-leaf gate, use a 391 E operator and a 391 operator.
• IMPORTANT: Thanks to the new
technologies, the E024S control board is compatible only with receiver XF 433/XF 868 (facility for a connector)
and with the XP20 B D (“bus” connection) photocells.
• (*) The 2 Pb standard batteries are not supplied by FAAC. 12 V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90X70X108 mm
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
25
390
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator with
articulated arm 230V
for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of
1.8 m (3 m with electric lock), for bi-folding doors with 1.5 m
maximum width of single panel
230V GREENTECH System:
390 230V + E045 or E145
• Non reversing operator, does not require electric lock up to 1.8 m.
• Maximum anti-crushing safety thanks to an exclusive electronic device.
• Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of powercut (optional).
• Option to add bus XIB interface for applications using no bus devices. • IMPORTANT: to ensure correct operation, make sure that the
distance between the gate hinge and the pillar edge is max 300 mm.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 390 230V
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Angle speed
26
390
230 Vac (+6% -10%)
50 (60) Hz
280 W
1,2 A
960 r.p.m.
1:700
8°/s
Max. torque
Thermal protection on motor winding
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
Weight
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
390
250 Nm
140°C
-20°C ÷ +55°C
IP 44
11,5 kg
410 x 130 x 130
390 - 230V
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1,80
(3 with electric lock)
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
15
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104570
330,00
The package 390 - 230V contains: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V, a release key.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 390 - 230V
Ref. Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
cable 3x0,50
cable 2x0,50
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
Power cabling (230 V)
cable 3x1,50 +T
cable 2x1,5 +T
cable 2x1,5
Item code
Price
(euro)

2 Operators 390 - 230V
104570
660,00

2 Articulated arms
738705
194,00

1 Flashing lamp Faaclight 230 V
410013
37,00
Ž
1 Key-operated push-button T10 E
401019001-36
38,00

1 Control board E045
790005
182,00

1 Enclosure mod. E
720119
17,00

1 Receiver XF433 Mhz
319006
47,00

1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
785103
74,00
1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Total
35,00
1.284,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety
edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.:
UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical
and metalwork preparations.
27
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
390
RESIDENTIAL
CONTROL UNITS 230V
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 230V
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
28
720118
25,00
Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
720309
39,00
Articulated arm
Item code
Price (euro)
738705
97,00
Telescopic arm
(application for folding doors)
External release device with cable
and sheath*
Length 5 m
Single limit switch kit
(opening or closing)**
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
738706
66,00
XK21L 24 V - Burglar-resistant
key-selector with lever release
BUS XIB interface
(in case you use E024S or E045 with
non bus photocells)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401301
100,00
401057
45,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS
390682
9,00
790062
12,50
Notes
* To be used with key-operated push-buttons XK21 L24V or T21 EF or T21 IF (see page 166).
** The operators 390 can be equipped with an opening and closing travel limit device.
For 390 with electronic limit devices E145 control panel must be used.
• IMPORTANT: The operator 390 must be provided with an articulated arm (swing leaf gate) or with a telescopic arm (for folding doors).
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
29
412
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator 230V
for swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 1.8 m
SAFEzone System:
412 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
GREENTECH System:
412 + E045 or E145
• Non reversing operator, does not require electric lock.
• Applications with lower manoeuvring intensity.
• Simplified installation and maintenance.
• Anti-crushing safety thanks to the electronic device.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 412
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Rod extension speed
Rod stroke
Traction and thrust force
Thermal protection on motor winding
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
Weight
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
280 W
1.5 A
1400 r.p.m.
1.5 cm/s
290 mm
0 to 320 daN
140 °C
-20 °C to +55 °C
IP 44
6.5 kg
1000 x 90 x 195
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description



Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
30



TOTAL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operator 412 RH
Operator 412 LH
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. E
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM
Key-operated push-button T10 E
Item code
104470
104471
790005
720119
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
Price
(euro)
225,00
225,00
182,00
17,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
880,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1.80
1.80
412 RH
412 LH
Item code
Price (euro)
104470
104471
225,00
225,00
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
18
18
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
412
The package contains: an electro-mechanical operator (RH or LH), installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
790006
252,00
Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
720309
39,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Plate for walling-in
Extra release key
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737604
10,00
Safe coder for 412 operator
(Faac patent)
713009
2.50
Item code
Price (euro)
S
NEW
404041
58,00
Notes
• The right leaf version (RH and LH) can be determined by looking from the inside of the property.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
31
413
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator 230V
for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of
1.8 m (2.5 m with electric lock)
230V SAFEzone System:
413 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
230V GREENTECH System:
413 230V + E045 or E145
• “Off axis” thrust operator.
• Integrated opening and closing mechanical stops
(the travel limit mechanical stops need not be installed).
• Die-cast aluminium body, entirely double-coat painted for longer life.
• Manual release device with simplified key-protected activation.
• Horizontal exit for cables to allow near to ground installation (low installation).
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 413
Power supply
Power
Current
Thermal protection
Capacitor
Thrust
Rod stroke
Rod extension speed
413
230 Vac
250 W
1.1 A
140 °C
6.3 µf
200 daN
300 mm (350 mm without mechanical stops)
1.6 cm/sec
Leaf max. width (*)
Type and frequency of use at 20 °C
Indicative minimum hourly cycles at 20 °C
Operating ambient temperature
Weight of operator
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Protection class
Travel limit microswitches
Opening and closing mechanical stops
413
2.5 m
S3 - 30%
~30
-20 °C to +55 °C
6.5 kg
785 x 105 x 148
IP 44
NO
YES
(*) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 1.80 m
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description



Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
32



TOTAL
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operator 413
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. E
Receiver board RP 455 D
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM
Key-operated push-button T10 E
Item code
104413
790005
790917
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
Price
(euro)
590,00
182,00
17,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
1.020,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1,80 (2,5 with electric lock)
413 - 230V
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
30
Equipment
electronic
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104413
295,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The package contains: one electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 6.3µF 400V.
CONTROL UNITS
ACCESSORIES
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00 Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
790006
252,00 Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
S
NEW
Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
SAFEcoder absolute encoder
Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC)
XK 21 L 24V Burglar-resistant keyselector with lever release
BUS interface XIB
(if you use E045 board with
photocell BUS)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720309
39,00 404040
58,00 401301
100,00 790062
12,50 Plate for walling-in
Item code
Price (euro)
737604
10,00
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
33
415
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator 230V and 24V
for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 2,5 m
(415) and 3 m (415L) - 3 m and 4 m respectively with electric lock
24V SAFEzone System:
415 24V + E024S or E124
230V SAFEzone System:
415 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
24V GREENTECH System:
415 24V + E124
230V GREENTECH System:
415 230V + E045 or E145
• “In-axis” thrust operator.
• Available in versions with a 300 mm (max leaf 3 m) and 400 mm
(max leaf 4 m) rod stroke.
• Die-cast aluminium body, entirely double-coat painted for longer life.
• Manual release device with simplified key-protected activation.
• 24 Vdc power supply to travel limit devices (if present) for maximum safety,
with facility for controlling travel limit stops and slow-down.
• Horizontal exit for cables to allow near to ground installation (low installation).
• Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of powercut (optional 24V).
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 415 - 230V
415
Power supply
Power
Current
Thermal protection
Capacitor
Thrust
Rod stroke
Rod extension speed
415 L
230 Vac
300 W
1.3 A
140 °C
8 µF
300 daN
300 mm
400 mm
1.6 cm/sec
Leaf max. width (*)
Type and frequency of use at 20 °C
Indicative minimum hourly cycles at 20 °C
Operating ambient temperature
Weight of operator
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Protection class
Travel limit microswitches
415
415 L
3 m*
4 m**
S3-30%
S3-30%
~30
~25
-20 °C to +55 °C
7.8 Kg
8 Kg
835 x 105 x 148
940 x 105 x 148
IP 54
NO
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 415 - 24 V
415
Power supply
Power
Current
Thrust
Stem travel
Rod speed
Leaf width max. (*)
415 L
24 Vdc
70 W
3A
280 daN
300 mm
400 mm
1,6 cm/sec
3 m*
4 m**
Type and frequency of use at 20 ° C
Cycles per hour max. indicative at 20 ° C
Operating ambient temperature
actuator weight
Dimensions (W x D x H) in mm
Protection class
Limit switches
(*) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 2.5 m. (**) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 3 m.
34
415
415 L
Continuous use
~30
~25
-20°C ÷ +55°C
7,8 Kg
8 Kg
835 x 105 x 148 940 x 105 x 148
IP 54
NO
NO
415
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
2,5 (3 m with electric lock)
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
30
Equipment
electronic
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104415
282,00
415 L
3,0 (4 m with electric lock)
25
Not included
104417
308,00
415 - 24V
2,5 (3 m with electric lock)
continuous use
Not included
1044151
326,00
3 (4 m with electric lock)
continuous use
Not included
1044171
351,00
415 L - 24V
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The package includes: an electromechanical actuator, installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8μF 400V.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 415 - 230V
Ref Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
cable 3x0,50
cable 2x0,50
Item code

2 Actuators 415
104415

1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V
410013
Ž
1 Key switch T10 E
401019001-36

1 Electronic card E045
790005

1 Enclosure mod. And for electronic boards
720119

1 Receiver XF433 MHz
319006

1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
785103
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Power cabling (230 V)
cable 3x1,50+T
cable 2x1,5+T
cable 2x1,5
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 415 - 24V
Ref Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
cable 3x0,50
cable 2x0,50
cable 2x1,5
cable 2x2,50
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
Item code

2 Actuators 415 24 V
1044151

1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 24 V
410014
Ž
1 Key switch T10 E
401019001-36

1 Unit E 024S with container
790286

1 Receiver XF433 MHz
319006

1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
785103
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Power cabling (230 V)
cable 2x1,5 +T
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety
edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.:
UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical
and metalwork preparations.
35
415
RESIDENTIAL
CONTROL BOARDS FOR 230V
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 230V
S
NEW
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
SAFEcoder absolute encoder
Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
CONTROL BOARDS FOR 24V
Control unit E 124 with enclosure
Tech. specifications page 143
Control unit E 024S with enclosure
Tech. specifications page 142
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790284
307,00
790286
197,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 24V
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not
compatible with E 124)
Battery support kit
Emergency *
(specific for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
36
390923
93,00
390926
15,50
720309
39,00 404040
58,00
XK 21 L 24V burglar-resistant
key-selector with lever release
BUS interface XIB
(if you use E024S or E045 board with
non photocell BUS)
Plate for walling-in
Rod cover
(rod stroke 300 mm)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401301
100,00
790062
12,50
737604
10,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS
727525
24,00
Notes
• * The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
37
S418
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator 24V
for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max
width of 2.3 m (2.7 m with electric lock)
SAFEzone System:
S418 + E024S or E124
GREENTECH System:
S418 + E124
• Opening and closing mechanical stops.
• Effective stroke 350 mm.
• New "multi-position" fixing bracket for non-welded installation.
• New control unit with anti-crushing device
and virtual encoder with reverse function upon detection of obstacle.
• Ideal for pedestrian applications.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S418
Power supply
Power
Current
Max. thrust**
Rod stroker
Rod extension speed
24 Vdc
35 W
1.5 A
180 daN
350 mm (390 mm without mechanical stops)
1.8 cm/s
Leaf max. width
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Protection class
Travel limit microswitches
Opening and closing mechanical stops
2,7 m*
-20° C ÷ +55° C
6 kg
825x104x125
IP 54
NO
YES
(*) use of the electric lock is compulsory over 2.30 m to guarantee the automatic block
(**) with board E124.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref Q.ty Description


2
1
Operators S418-24 Vdc
Control unit E 024S with enclosure

1
1
1
1
1
Frequency module XF 433
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc
Pair of photocells XP 20BD
Key-operated push-button T10 E


Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections are in mm2
38
TOTAL
Item code
Price
(euro)
104301
790286
510,00
197,00
319006
787007
410014
785103
401019001/36
47,00
35,00
47,00
74,00
38,00
948,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Single leaf
max. width (m)
2.3
(2.7 with electric lock)
S418 - 24 Vdc
Frequency
of use (%)
Continuous use
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104301
255,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
S418 - 24 Vdc
The packages include: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, release key.
CONTROL UNITS
Control unit E 024S with enclosure
Tech. specifications page 142
Control unit E 124 with enclosure
Tech. specifications page 143
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
790284
307,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Emergency battery support kit (*)
(only for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
390926
15,50
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S board is used with
non BUS photocells)
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790062
12,50
390923
93,00
Notes
• (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC. Voltage/current of 12 V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
39
402
RESIDENTIAL
Hydraulic operator 230V
for residential swing-leaf gates
with single-leaf max width of 1.8 m (402 CBC)
and 3 m (402 SBS)
SAFEzone System:
402 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
GREENTECH System:
402 + E045 or E145
• Highly compact, ideal for installations where space is at a premium.
• Anti-corrosion cover with high weather resistance.
• Versions CBC (with closing block) and SBS (without slow block).
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 402
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Rod extension speed
Pump flow rate
Traction and thrust force
402 CBC
402 SBS
230 Vac 50 (60) Hz
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
1.3 cm/s
1 cm/s
1 l/min
0.75 l/min
0 to 500 daN
0 to 690 daN
Operating ambient temperature
Thermal protection on motor winding
Weight
Type of oil
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
402 CBC
402 SBS
-20 °C to +55 °C
120 °C
6.5 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
959 x 85 x 61
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description

Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
40



TOTAL
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operator 402 CBC
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. E
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM
Key-operated push-button T10 E
Item code
104468
790005
720119
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
Price
(euro)
768,00
182,00
17,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
1.198,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1.80
3.00
402 CBC
402 SBS
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
55
55
Item code
Price (euro)
104468
104474
384,00
382,00
The 402 CBC package includes: a hydraulic operator with closing hydraulic block, installation accessories, a triangular release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF
400 V.
The 402 SBS package includes: a hydraulic operator without closing hydraulic block, installation accessories, a triangular release key,
a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
Enclosure mod. L for control boards
Enclosure mod. E for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S board is used with
non BUS photocells)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
720119
17,00
720309
39,00 790062
12,50
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
S
NEW
Plate for walling-in
Extra triangular release key
SAFEcoder absolute encoder
Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC)
Union for sheath RTA
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737604
10,00 713002
1,50
404040
58,00
710010
3,50
Notes
• An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
41
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
402
S450H
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Hydraulic operator 24 V
for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single leaf
max. width of 3 m (SB) and 2 m (CBAC)
SAFEzone System:
S450H + E024S or E124
GREENTECH System:
S450H + E124
• Hybrid technology
• Integrated encoder with anti-crushing function and reverse upon detection of obstacle
• Useful stroke 311 mm
• New “multi-position” fixing bracket for non-welded applications
• Opening/Closing mechanical stops standard supplied
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS S450H 24 Vdc
Power supply
Electric motor
Power
Current
Max. thrust*
Rod stroke
Max. rod extension speed (adjustable)*
230 Vac
24 Vdc
60 W
7A
>500 da N
311 mm
>2,5 cm/s.
Frequency of use
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Type of oil
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
continuous use
-20°C to +55°C
6,5 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
1113x85x119
(*) With board E124.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
5
Ref Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 2x0.75
2 cables 2x0.75
1 cable 2x0.50
1 cable 3x0.75
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
42
Price
(euro)

2
Operator S450H
104100
998,00

1
Control unit EO24S
with enclosure
790286
197,00
319006
787007
410014
785103
401019001/36
47,00
35,00
47,00
74,00
38,00
1,436.00
1
1
1

1

1
TOTAL

Item code
Frequency module XF 433
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
FAACLIGHT flashing lamp 24 Vdc
Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
Key-operated push-button T10E
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Single leaf
max. width (m)
2
3
S450H CBAC
S450H SB
Frequency
of use (%)
Continuous use
Continuous use
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
Not included
104100
104101
499,00
478,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
S450H - 24 V dc
The packages include: a hydraulic operator, installation accessories, a release key.
CONTROL UNITS
Control unit E 024S
Tech. specifications page 142
Control unit E 124
Tech. specifications page 143
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
790284
307,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Emergency battery support kit (*)
(only for E 124)
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S board is used with
non-BUS photocell)
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
Union for sheath RTA
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00 Item code
Price (euro)
390926
15,50
790062
12,50
710010
3,50
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
390923
93,00
Notes
(*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC. Voltage/current of 12V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90x70x108mm
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
43
422
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Hydraulic operator 230V
for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf
max width of 1.8 m (422 CBAC)
and 3 m (422 SB)
SAFEzone System:
422 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
GREENTECH System:
422 + E045 or E145
• Front attachment with spherical joint.
• Anti-corrosion cover with high weather resistance.
• Key protected, release device.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 422
422 CBAC
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Rod extension speed
Pump flow rate
Traction and thrust force
Operating ambient temperature
Thermal protection on motor winding
Weight
Type of oil
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
422SB
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
1 cm/s
0.75 l/min
0 to 690 daN
-20 °C to +55 °C
120 °C
7 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
987 x 120 x 85 mm - pedestrian 827 x 120 x 85 mm
1.3 cm/s
1 l/min
0 to 500 daN
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description



Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
44


TOTAL
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operator 422 CBAC
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. L
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM
Key-operated push-button T10 E
Item code
104200
790005
720118
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
Price
(euro)
1.060,00
182,00
25,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
1.498,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1.80
3.00
422 CBAC
422 SB
Item code
Price (euro)
104200
104212
530,00
490,00
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
55
55
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
422 - 422 PED.
The 422 packages contain: a hydraulic operator with opening/closing hydraulic block (422 CBAC), without block (422 SB), installation accessories, a
release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720309
39,00
Enclosure mod. L for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Enclosure mod. E for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
790006
252,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
S
NEW
Plate for walling-in
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
SAFEcoder absolute encoder
Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC)
Union for sheath RTA
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737604
10,00 404040
58,00
710010
3,50
Notes
• An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
45
400
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Hydraulic operator 230V
for condominium and industrial swing-leaf gates
SAFEzone System:
400 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
GREENTECH System:
400 + E045 or E145
• Wide and versatile range for heavy industrial gates or gates with high use frequency
• Hydraulic block resistant to intrusion attempts (mod. CBC – CBAC)
• Very silent movement
• Key-protected release device
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 400
400 CBC
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Rod extension speed
Pump flow rate
Traction and thrust force
Operating ambient temperature
Thermal protection on motor winding
Weight
Type of oil
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
400 CBAC
400 SB
400 SBS
400CBAC LN
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
1 cm/s
0.75 cm/s
1.5 cm/s
1 l/min
0.75 l/min
1.5 l/min
0 to 620 daN
0 to 775 daN
0 to 465 daN
-20 °C to +55 °C
120 °C
8.6 kg
10 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
1,031 x 113 x 85 mm - long version 1,285 x 113 x 85 mm
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
5
Ref. Q.ty Description







Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
46


TOTAL
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Operator 400 SBS
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. L
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of FOTOSWITCH photocells
2
2
1
3
1
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T10
Plastic enclosure to be walled in
Electric lock
1
Pillar mounted counter strike
Item code
Price
(euro)
104203
790005
720118
787824
787007
410013
785152
656,00
182,00
25,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
154,00
401028
737630
401010001/36
720086
712650+
712651001/36+
712652001/36
712990
76,00
20,00
36,00
7,50
60,00
16,50
16,50
7,00
1.387,50
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
400
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
2.20
4.00
7.00
2.20
2.20
400 CBC
400 SB
400 SBS
400 CBAC
400 CBAC long
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
70
70
60
70
50
Item code
Price (euro)
104205
104206
104203
104201
104202
663,00
641,00
656,00
689,00
784,00
Control unit
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The 400 packages contain: a hydraulic operator with closing hydraulic block (400 CBC), without hydraulic block (400 SB), without hydraulic block for heavy or panelled
leaves (400 SBS), a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (400 SBAC and CBAC LN), a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening and closure,
installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
720118
Price (euro)
25,00
Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Item code
720119
Price (euro)
17,00 Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
Item code
720309
Price (euro)
39,00
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
S
NEW
Union for sheath RTA
Plate for walling-in
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
SAFEcoder absolute encoder
Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00
Item code
Price (euro)
710010
3,50
737604
10,00
404040
58,00
FIG. 1
d
Positive Stop - mechanical stops at
opening/closing (can be integrated
on the 400 mod.)
Positive Stop - mechanical stops at
opening/closing (can be integrated
on the long 400 mod.)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490042
83,00
490043
96,00
80 mm < d < 150 mm
Notes
• An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block
facility.
• Use the 400 long models to avoid niches on the masonry pilasters
(FIG.1).
• The operator with block facility is not recommended when there is
no access to the manual release device (panelled leaves or no other
access to the property).
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
47
770N
RESIDENTIAL
Underground electro-mechanical
operator 230V and 24V
for residential swing-leaf gates
with single-leaf width
of 3.50 m and max weight of 500 kg
See graph on page 50
• Invisible operator
• Ability to access the operator without removing the leaf
• Protection class IP 67
• Irreversible (230V)
• New electronic control with anti-crushing device and virtual encoder
inversion on obstacles (24V)
• Emergency battery for operation in the absence of voltage (24V
optional).
24V SAFEzone System:
770 24V+ E024S or E124
230V SAFEzone System:
770 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder
24V GREENTECH System:
770 24V + E124
230V GREENTECH System:
770 230V + E045 or E145
DIMENSIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS 770N 230V AND 24V
770N 230V
Reduction ratio
Power supply
Power Consumption
Current consumption
Thermal protection on motor
Max torque
Angular speed
Type and frequency of use at 20 ° C
Max opening angle door
Maximum leaf width
Weight
Protection class
Operator dimensions
Operating ambient temperature
Casing dimensions
48
770N 24V
1:1418
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 Hz
380 W
1,7 A
140° C
330 Nm
24 Vdc
70 W
3A
300 Nm (770 N 330 Nm)
6°/sec
S3 - 30%
100%
110 ° (140 ° and 180 ° with optional kit)
3.5 m (110 °), 3 m (with optional opening kit 180 °), 2.5 m (with optional opening kit 140 °)
12 kg (with casing 14 kg)
IP 67
360x150x140 mm
-20°C ÷ +55°C
430 x 307,5 x 214 mm
770N 230V
770N - 24V
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
2,0 - (3,5 with electric lock)
2,0 - (3,5 with electric lock)
Use
Max. weight
(kg)
500
500
Use frequency
(cycles/hour))
20
Continue use
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
Not included
10675201
10675301
419,00
419,00
The packaging of the operator 770N includes an electromechanical operator, transmission leverage, a thrust capacitor 12.5 uF 400V.
The package includes the operator 24VDC 770N: an electromechanical operator, installation accessories, two release keys.
The carrier case package includes: a carrier case, a stainless steel lid, a support bracket leaf with system
lever release, two release keys, installation accessories. (*) See graph on next page.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 770N 230V
Ref Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
cable 3x0,50
cable 2x0,50
Power cabling (230 V)
cable 3x1,50+T
cable 2x1,5+T
cable 2x1,5
Item code

2 Actuators 770 N - 230 V
10675201

2 Casing with release system (patented)
490065

1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V
410013
Ž
1 Key switch T10
401010001-36

1 Electronic card E045
790005

1 Enclosure mod. And for electronic boards
720119

1 Receiver XF433 MHz
319006

2 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
785103

2 Column (max. height 628 mm)
401039

2 Foundation plate for column SAFEBEAM
737637
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 770N 24V
Ref Q.ty Description
Low voltage cabling
cable 3x0,50
cable 2x0,50
cable 2x1,5
cable 2x2,50
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
Item code

2 Actuators 770 N - 24 V
10675301

2 Casing with release system (patented)
490065

1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 24 V
410014
Ž
1 Key switch T10
401010001-36

1 Unit E 024S with container
790286

1 Receiver XF433 MHz
319006

2 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD
785103

2 Column (max. height 628 mm)
401039

2 Foundation plate for column SAFEBEAM
737637
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Power cabling (24 V)
cable 2x1,5+T
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (ie: active or passive safety
edges) that are to be determined on the basis of “risk analysis” of each specific installation (Ref.:
UNI-EN European Standards 12445 and 12453). The indicated price does not include the costs for the
installation and for the preparation of masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
49
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
770N
RESIDENTIAL
CONTROL UNITS FOR 230V
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 230V
Enclosure mod. LM for electronic
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Enclosure mod. L for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
Leaf mt.
720309
39,00
Enclosure mod. E for electronic
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
CONTROL UNITS FOR 24V
Control unit E 024S
Tech. specifications page 142
Control unit E 124
Tech. specifications page 143
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
790284
307,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 24V
Leaf mt.
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Emergency battery support kit (*)
(only for E 124)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
50
390923
93,00
390926
15,50
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S or E045 board is used with
non-BUS photocell)
Release lock with customized key
Stainless steel casing with release
system (patented)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790062
12,50
712104001-36
11,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS
490110
295,00 Kit 140 ° opening
NEW
Casing with release system
(patented)
Group encoder for 770N
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490065
174,00 390612
66,00 Kit 180 ° opening
404035
62,00 Internal mechanical stop in
opening
Internal mechanical stop closing
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
722121
19,50 Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490111
205,00 722122
46,00 Notes
• WARNING: The operator 770N must be accompanied with a carrier case.
For a two-leaf gate operators to provide two, two self supporting casings and a control unit.
*** The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm (24V)
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
51
750 CP
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Underground hydraulic operator 230V
for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates
with single-leaf max weight of 800 kg
GREENTECH System:
750 CP + E045 or E145
• Invisible, quiet operator, consisting of one underground unit and a control unit.
• The ideal solution for large antique doors of artistic significance, leaves up to 3.5 m.
• Facilitated installation thanks to the carrier case.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 750
750 CBAC
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
Thermal protection on motor winding
Weight
Type of oil
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
750 SB
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
0.75 l/min
-20 °C to +55 °C
IP 55
120 °C
7.5 kg
FAAC HP OIL
carrier case 420 x 254.5 x 205 mm - control unit 353 x 245.6 x 141.5 mm
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF HYDRAULIC JACK
Rotation maximum angle
Angle speed
Protection class
Effective torque
100° opening
118°
180° opening
200°
5.2°/s (750 SBS) - 7.8°/s (750 CBAC-SB)
IP 67
543 Nm (750 CBAC-SB)
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description
2
2
2
2 kg
1

1
1
1
1

1

1

3
TOTAL


Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
52
750 CBAC Motors
100° opening jacks
Carrier cases
Copper pipe
Control board E045
Enclosure mod. L
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
Key-operated push-button T10
Plastic enclosure to be walled in
Item code
107720
108759
490071
7365011
790005
720118
787824
787007
410013
785152
401010001/36
720086
Price
(euro)
734,00
708,00
274,00
46,00
182,00
25,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
36,00
7,50
2.220,50
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
750 CP
Operator 750 CBAC
Operator 750 SB
100° opening jack
180° opening jack
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1.80
2.50
/
/
Use
Max. weight
(kg)
/
/
800
800
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
45
45
/
/
Item code
Price (euro)
107720
107721
108759
108760
367,00
326,00
354,00
406,00
Control unit
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The jack packages include: a hydraulic jack, oil bottle to fill the pipes.
The 750 control unit packages include: a hydraulic control unit with hydraulic block at opening/closing (750 CBAC), without block (750 SB) and a thrust
capacitor 8 µF 400 V.
The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in steel, a cover in stainless steel, a grooved bush and installation accessories.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Enclosure mod. L for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Enclosure mod. E for control boards
Release lock with key
Ø 6x8 mm copper pipe (20 kg coils 1 kg corresponds to about 5 m)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720309
39,00 720119
17,00 712805
14,00
7365011
23,00
ACCESSORIES FOR HOSES
Carrier case
Item code
Price (euro)
490071
137,00
Complete unions
(packg. of 4 and packg. of 40)
Hose composed of 10 m and coil of
100 m - Ø 4x8 mm
4 unions code Price (euro)
40 unions code
Price (euro)
10 m hose code
Price (euro)
100 m hose code
Price (euro)
390421
26,50
390440
209,00
390422
48,00
390439
406,00
Notes
• IMPORTANT: The CP jacks must be
supplied with a carrier case.
• An electric lock should be installed
for the jacks without a block facility.
• The operator with block facility is
not recommended when there is
no access to the manual release
device (panelled leaves or no other
access to the property).
• You’ll need the following for a twoleaf gate: two operators, two Mod.
LM. enclosures, two carrier cases,
two jacks CP, a control unit and, if
necessary, an electric lock.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
53
S800H
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Underground hydraulic operator 24V
for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf
width of 4 m and max weight of 800 kg
• Continuous use frequency
• Integrated magnetic encoder with bus “2Easy” (non polarized two wire connection).
• Thanks to the positive stops integrated, there is no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops on the ground. FAAC PATENT.
• Hybrid technology.
• Service release device.
• Easier handling and installation thanks to the integrated handles. FAAC PATENT.
• SBW actuators for use in areas subject to strong winds.
SAFEZONE System:
S800H + E024S or E124
GREENTECH System:
S800H + E124
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S 800 H
S 800 H CBAC
Power supply
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Max. torque
Angle speed max
Operating ambient temperature
Operator weight
Type of oil
Max opening angle
Protection class
Type of slow down
Leaf max width
Frequency of use
Hydraulic block
S 800 H SBW
230 Vac
24 Vdc
60 W (*)
500 Nm (with E024S control board) - 600 Nm (with E124 control board)
5.5°/s (with E024S control board) - 8.2°/s (with E124 control board)
-20 °C to +55 °C
13.2 kg/17.0 kg (180°)
FAAC HP OIL
113°
187°
IP 67
electronic
2m
4m
continuous use
installed
not installed
(*) for each single operator.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description




Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
54

TOTAL
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
Operators S 800 H CBAC 100°
Carrier cases S 800 H
Hydraulic release device
Grooved Joint kit
Control unit E024S
Receiver XF 433
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc
Pair of photocells XP 20 B D
Aluminium columns
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T10
Item code
108710
490112
390035
390972
790286
319006
787007
410014
785103
401039
737637
401010001/36
Price
(euro)
1.506,00
340,00
200,00
156,00
197,00
47,00
35,00
47,00
74,00
60,00
12,00
36,00
2.710,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
S800H
S800H CBAC 100° (discontinuing)
S800H CBAC 180° (discontinuing)
S800H SBW 100° (discontinuing)
S800H SBW 180° (discontinuing)
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
2.00
2.00
4.00
4.00
Use
Max. weight
(kg)
800
800
800
800
Item code
Price (euro)
108710
108712
108714
108715
753,00
806,00
753,00
806,00
Control unit
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
Continuous use
Continuous use
Continuous use
Continuous use
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
Model
The packages contain: a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (CBAC), a magnetic encoder, release and setting key.
The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in cataphoresis treated aluminium with anti-rotation pin, a cover in polished stainless steel.
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Control unit E 124
Technical specifications page 143
Control unit EO24S
Technical specifications page 142
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
Item code
Price (euro)
790284
307,00
Emergency battery support kit *
(only for E124)
Item code
Price (euro)
390926
15,50
Hydraulic release system
(to be used with 390972)
for CBAC or SBW operators
Item code
390035
Price (euro)
100,00
Grooved joint kit (*)
(to be used with code 390035)
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
Item code 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Release lock with customised key
from no.1 to no. 36 for hydraulic
release
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S board is used with
non-BUS photocell)
Stainless steel carrier case
Carrier case
Item code
Price (euro)
490112
170,00
Item code
Price (euro)
490113
316,00
Codice articolo 390972
Prezzo (euro)
78,00
Item code 71209101 to 71209136
Price (euro)
16,50
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390923
93,00
Note
• (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries
are not supplied by FAAC and
must have 12V/4Ah –
90x70x108 mm voltage/current
790062
12,50
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
55
S800H ENC
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Underground hydraulic operator 24V
for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf
width of 4 m and max weight of 800 kg
• Continuous use frequency
• Absolute integrated magnetic encoder with bus “2Easy” (non polarized two wire connection). NEWS.
• Thanks to the positive stops integrated, there is no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops on the ground. FAAC PATENT.
• Hybrid technology.
• Service release device.
• Easier handling and installation thanks to the integrated handles. FAAC PATENT.
• SBW actuators for use in areas subject to strong wind.
SAFEZONE System:
S800H ENC + E024S or E124
GREENTECH System:
S800H ENC + E124
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S800H ENC
S800H ENC CBAC
Power supply
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Max. torque
Angle speed max
Operating ambient temperature
Operator weight
Type of oil
Max opening angle
Protection class
Type of slow down
Leaf max width
Frequency of use
Hydraulic block
S800H ENC SBW
230 Vac
24 Vdc
60 W (*)
500 Nm (with E024S control board) - 600 Nm (with E124 control board)
5.5°/s (with E024S control board) - 8.2°/s (with E124 control board)
-20 °C to +55 °C
13.2 kg
FAAC HP OIL
113°
187°
IP 67
electronic
2m
4m
continuous use
installed
not installed
(*) for each single operator.
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description




Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.50
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
2 cables 3x1.50+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2
56

TOTAL
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
Operators S800H ENC CBAC 100°
Carrier cases
Hydraulic release device
Grooved Joint kit
Control unit E024S
Receiver XF 433
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc
Pair of photocells XP 20 B D
Aluminium columns
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T10
Item code
108720
490112
390035
390972
790286
319006
787007
410014
785103
401039
737637
401010001/36
Price
(euro)
1.606,00
340,00
200,00
156,00
197,00
47,00
35,00
47,00
74,00
60,00
12,00
36,00
2.810,00
Notes
IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
S800H ENC CBAC 100°
(available starting from June 2015)
S800H ENC CBAC 180°
(available starting from June 2015)
S800H ENC SBW 100°
(available starting from June 2015)
S800H ENC SBW 180°
(available starting from June 2015)
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
Use
Max. weight
(kg)
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
2.00
800
Continuous use
Not included
108720
803,00
2.00
800
Continuous use
Not included
108722
856,00
4.00
800
Continuous use
Not included
108724
803,00
4.00
800
Continuous use
Not included
108725
856,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES
S800H ENC
The packages contain: a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (CBAC), or without block (SBW), a magnetic absolute encoder, release and
setting key.
The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in cataphoresis treated aluminium with anti-rotation pin, a cover in polished stainless steel.
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Control unit E 124
Technical specifications page 143
Control unit EO24S
Technical specifications page 142
Item code
Price (euro)
790286
197,00
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (*)
390923
93,00
790284
307,00
Emergency battery support kit *
(only for E124)
Item code
Price (euro)
Hydraulic release system
(to be used with 390972)
for CBAC or SBW operators
Item code
390035
Price (euro)
100,00
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390926
15,50
Stainless steel carrier case
Carrier case
Item code
Price (euro)
490112
170,00
Item code
Price (euro)
Grooved joint kit
(to be used with code 390035)
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
Codice articolo 390972
Prezzo (euro)
78,00
Item code 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00
BUS XIB interface
(if E024S or E045 board is used with
non-BUS photocell)
Item code
Price (euro)
790062
12,50
490113
316,00
Release lock with customised key
from no.1 to no. 36 for hydraulic
release
Item code 71209101 to 71209136
Price (euro)
16,50
Note
• (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries
are not supplied by FAAC and
must have 12V/4Ah –
90x70x108 mm voltage/current
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
57
Type of installation
Leaf max.
weight (kg)
Residential
Condominium
400
C720
500
740
600
746
746
800
C721
C721
900
741
Industrial
1,000
844 Reversible
844 Reversible
1,800
844
844 - C850
2,200
844 3PH
3,500
884 3PH
58
Automated systems for
sliding gates
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
59
740 - 741
RESIDENTIAL
Gearmotor 230V
for residential sliding gates with max weight of 500 kg (740)
and 900 kg (741)
• Quick and easy installation thanks to the built-in, prewired control unit.
• As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed.
• In the event of power failure, the rotation of the key protected release
device makes it possible to open and close the gate manually.
• Simplified “on display” programming.
• Magnetic limit switch.
New:
• Integrated encoder for reverse function on obstacle and accurate
management of partial opening and slow down.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 740 - 741
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Traction and thrust force
Motor rotation speed
Thermal protection on motor winding
740 E Z16
741 E Z16
230 Vac 50 (60) Hz
350 W
500 W
1.5 A
2.2 A
45 daN
65 daN
1400 rpm
140 °C
740 E Z16
Reduction ratio
Leaf max. weight
Sliding speed
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
741 E Z16
1:25
500 kg
900 kg
12 rpm (pinion Z16)
-20 °C to +55 °C
IP 44
295x225x325 (pinion included)
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
B
A
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.75
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
60
5
Ref. Q.ty Description

1
Gearmotor 740 E Z16 with
built-in control unit
and foundation plate
4 m Galvanised rack 30x8
with weld-on fittings
1 Receiver board RP 433 SLH
1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT

1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM

Key-operated push-button T10 E

TOTAL
Item
code
Price
(euro)
1097805
377,00
490123
68,00
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
676,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
500
900
740 E Z16 with encoder
741 E Z16 with encoder
Use
frequency (%)
30 (S3)
40 (S3)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
740 D built-in
740 D built-in
1097805
1097815
377,00
514,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
Model
The packages include: an electromechanical with electronic equipment 740 D, pinion rack, two keys to unlock
foundation plate, magnetic limit switches. In the new 740 and 741 is also included in the encoder for anti-crushing safety.
CONTROL UNITS
Built-in control board 740 D
Technical specifications page 144
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Galvanised rack 30x12
mod. 4 with weld-on fittings
(4 m package)
Galvanised rack 30x8
mod. 4 with weld-on fittings
(4 m package)
Nylon rack with steel
reinforcement 30x20 and relevant
fixing accessories (4m package)
gate max. weight 400 kg
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490122
81,00
490123
68,00
Galvanised rack 30 x 12
mod. 4 with fittings to be
mechanically secured
(4 m package)
Galvanised rack 30 x 8
mod. 4 with fittings to be
mechanically secured (4 m
package)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490124
81,00
4901204
85,00
490125
68,00
Notes
• (*) The accessory ensures electronic anti-crushing safety and precise control of partial opening and slow-downs.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
61
C720 - C721
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
with battery
Low-voltage gearmotor 24V
for residential sliding gates with max weight of 400 kg (C720)
- 800 kg (C721)
• Residential use (C720), commercial use (C721).
• New mobile-axis reduction principle.
FAAC PATENT
• Exceptionally high mechanical performance >80%.
• Control unit with anti-crushing device
and electronic encoder with
reverse function upon detection of obstacle.
• Magnetic limit switches.
• Master-Slave function for controlling 2
opposing leafs with an E721 board.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF C720 - C721
C720
Power supply voltage
Motor power supply
Power
Absorbed current
Electric motor
Max. torque
Thrust on gate
C721
230 Vac 50 Hz
24 Vdc
220 W
290 W
7A
12 A
3200 r.p.m.
3.600 r.p.m.
18 Nm
30 Nm
320 N
530 N
Pinion
Gate speed
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Limit-switch
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Z28 module 4
18 m/min
-20 °C to +55 °C
8 kg
Magnetic
IP 44
300 x 180 x 280
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
B
A
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.75
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230 V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections are in mm2
62
5
Ref Q.ty Description

1
Gearmotor C720 - 24 Vdc
with electronic control unit
incorporated and foundation plate
4 m Galvanised rack 30x8
with weld-on fittings
1 Frequency module XF 433
1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT - 24 Vdc

1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM

Key-operated push-button T10 E

TOTAL
Item code
Price
(euro)
109320
329,00
490123
68,00
319006
787007
410014
785165
401019001/36
47,00
35,00
47,00
62,00
38,00
626,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Max
weight (kg)
400
800
C720 - 24 V dc
C721 - 24 V dc
Frequency
of use (%)
Continuous use
Continuous use
Electronic
control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
E720 incorporated
E721 incorporated
109320
109321
329,00
559,00
The package for model C720 - 24 V dc includes: a low-voltage electro-mechanical operator with control unit E 720, pinion for rack, release key, foundation plate.
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Control board E721 incorporated.
Compatible with C720 and C721
Technical specifications page 144
Galvanised rack 30x12
mod. 4 with weld-on fittings
(4 m package)
Galvanised rack 30x8
mod. 4 with weld-on fittings
(4 m package)
Nylon rack with steel reinforcement
30x20 and installation accessories
(4 m package)
gate max. weight 400 kg
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490122
81,00
490123
68,00
4901204
85,00
Release lock with customised key
from no. 1 to no. 36
Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with
fittings including mechanical (pack
of 4 m)
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
(not for E 124)
Cremagliera zincata 30x8 mod. 4
con attacchi con fissaggio meccanico inclusi (confez. da 4 m)
Item code from 712501001 to 712501036
Price (euro)
14,00
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490124
81,00
390923
93,00
490125
68,00
Customised release lock kit
(10 pcs. package)
Item code
Price (euro)
424002
37,00
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
63
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
C720 - C721
746 ER
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Gearmotor 230V
for sliding gates with max weight of 600 kg
746 ER Z16 for rack applications
746 ER Z20 for rack applications (400 Kg)
• Maximum anti-crushing safety by coupling the twin-disk oil-bath clutch
with the electronic device and encoder.
• As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need be installed.
• Key protected lever release device.
• Magnetic limit switch device, simplified installation of limit switch magnets
• Designed for height and side adjustable fastening.
• Control board, protected by a housing, for simplified programming via display.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 746 ER
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Traction and thrust force
Motor rotation speed
Thermal protection on motor winding
Clutch
Z16
Z20
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
400 W
2.15 A
0 t o 81 daN
0 to 65 daN
1400 r.p.m.
120 °C
Twin-disk in oil-bath
Z16
Reduction ratio
Operating ambient temperature
Weight with oil
Type of oil
Gate speed
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Limit switch
Z20
1:30
-20 °C to +55 °C
14 kg
FAAC HP OIL
9.6 m/min
12 m/min
IP 44
275 x 191 x 336
magnetic
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
Ref. Q.ty Description
3

1
1
1
5
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.75
1 cable 2x0.50
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
64
5
Gearmotor 746 ER Z16 with built-in
control board
Foundation plate
4 m Galvanised rack 30x12
with weld-on fittings
1 Receiver board RP 433 SLH
1 Two-channel transmitter XT2433 SLH LR
1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT

1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM

Key-operated push-button T10 E

TOTAL
Item code
Price
(euro)
109776
583,00
737816
24,50
490122
81,00
787824
787007
410013
785165
401019001/36
59,00
35,00
37,00
62,00
38,00
919,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
600
400
746 ER Z16
746 ER Z20
Use
frequency (%)
70
70
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
built-in 780 D
bu ilt-in 780 D
109776
109773
583,00
583,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
746
The packages 746 ER Z16 and ER Z20, designed for on-rack applications include: a gearmotor with pinion and control board 780D, limit switch magnets,
release key, screw cover.
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Control board 780 D (included in the
motor)
Technical specifications page 145
Foundation plate with side and
height adjustments (6 pcs package)
Release lock with customised
key from no. 1 to no. 36
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code from 712751 to 712786
Price (euro)
14,00
737816
24,50
Pinion Z16 for rack
Pinion Z20 for rack
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
719130
22,50
Rack and chain
See page 76
719167
22,50
Notes
• (*) IMPORTANT: Do not use the gearmotor for applications where it is secured at heights that users cannot reach.
The key-operated release device cannot be remotely controlled.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
65
844 ER
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotor 230V
for sliding gates with max weight of 1,800 kg
844 ER Z16 for rack applications
• Ideal for commercial and industrial applications.
• Anti-crushing safety.
• As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed.
• In the event of power failure, the key-operated release device makes
it possible to open and close the gate manually.
• Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath.
• Magnetic limit switch.
GREENTECH System:
844 R + E145
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 ER
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Traction and thrust force
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Operating ambient temperature
Weight with oil
ER Z16
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
660 W
3.6 A
0-116 daN (Z16)
1400 r.p.m.
1:30
-20 °C to +55 °C
14.5 kg
Protection class
Type of oil
Gate speed
Thermal protection on motor winding
Electric motor
Limit switch
Clutch
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
ER Z16
IP 44
FAAC HP OIL
9.5 m/min (Z16)
120 °C
Single-phase, bi-directional
Magnetic
Twin-disk in oil-bath
275 x 191 x 387
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
A
B
5
Low voltage cabling
4 cables 3x0.75
2 cables 2x0.50
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
66
5
5
Ref. Q.ty Description
Gearmotor 844 ER Z16 with built-in control
board
1 Foundation plate
4 m Galvanised rack 30x12
with weld-on fittings
1 Receiver RP 433 SLH

1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT

2 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH

2 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
2 Foundation plates for columns
1 Key-operated push-button T10

3 Plastic containers to be walled in
TOTAL

1
Item code
Price
(euro)
109837
822,00
737816
490122
24,50
81,00
787824
787007
410013
785152
401028
737630
401010001/36
720086
59,00
35,00
37,00
154,00
76,00
20,00
36,00
7,50
1.352,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
1,800
844 ER Z16
Use
frequency (%)
70
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
built-in 780 D
109837
822,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
844 ER
The package 844 ER Z16, designed for on-rack applications, includes: a gearmotor with pinion and control board 780D, limit switch magnets, release key,
screw cover.
CONTROL UNITS
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Item code
720309
Price (euro)
39,00
Control board 780 D (included in the
motor)
Technical specifications page 145
Enclosure mod. L for control
boards
Item code
720118
Price (euro)
25,00
Enclosure mod. E for control
boards
Item code
720119
Price (euro)
17,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate with side and
height adjustments
Item code
737816
Price (euro)
24,50
Release lock with customised
key from no. 1 to no. 36
Item code from 712751 to 712786
Price (euro)
14,00
Pinion Z16 for rack
Item code
719130
Price (euro)
22,50
Pinion Z20 for rack
Item code
719167
Price (euro)
22,50
Rack and chain
See page 76
Notes
(*) IMPORTANT: Do not use the gearmotor for applications where it is secured at heights that users cannot reach.
The key-operated release device cannot be remotely controlled.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
67
844 R 3PH
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotor 400V
for sliding gates with max weight of 2,200 Kg (Z12)
• Ideal for commercial and industrial applications.
• As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed.
• Key protected lever release device.
• Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath (anti-crushing safety).
• Inductive limit switch.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 R 3PH
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Operating ambient temperature
Weight with oil
Protection class
Type of oil
400 V (3ph)(+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz
950 W
2.5 A
1400 r.p.m.
1:30
-20 °C to +55 °C
15 kg
IP 44
Gate speed
Max. torque
Limit switch
Clutch
Protection treatment
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
FAAC HP OIL
9.5 m/min (Z16)/7.2 m/min (Z12)
12.0 m/min (Z20)
62 Nm
Inductive with plate
Twin-disk in oil-bath
Cataphoresis
275 x 191 x 387
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
A
B
5
Low voltage cabling
4 cables 3x0.75
2 cables 2x0.50
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
Ref. Q.ty Description


1
1
1
1
1
4m

1
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
5
5




TOTAL
844 R Three-phase gearmotor
Control board 844 T
Enclosure mod. L
Foundation plate
Pinion Z16 for rack
Galvanised rack 30x12
with weld-on fittings
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T 10
Plastic containers to be walled in
Item code
Price
(euro)
109896
790862
720118
737816
719130
490122
695,00
326,00
25,00
24,50
22,50
81,00
787824
787007
410013
785152
401028
737630
401010001/36
720086
59,00
35,00
37,00
154,00
76,00
20,00
36,00
7,50
1.598,50
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
68
Model
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
2,200 (Z12)
1,600 (Z16)
844 R 3PH
Use
frequency (%)
70
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
not included
109896
695,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
844 R 3PH
The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application, without pinion and without control board, limit plates for mechanical
assembly, release key, screw cover.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board 844 T (*)
(remote installation)
Technical specifications page 146
Enclosure mod. L for control
boards
Enclosure mod. E for control
boards
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790862
326,00
720118
25,00
720119
17,00
720309
39,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate with side and
height adjustments
Release lock with customised
key from no. 1 to no. 36
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code from 712751 to 712786
Price (euro)
14,00
737816
24,50
Pinion Z16 for rack
Pinion Z20 for rack
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
719130
22,50
Rack and chain
See page 76
Pinion Z12 for rack
(gate max. weight 2,200 kg)
Item code
Price (euro)
7191661
32,00
719167
22,50
Notes
• (*) IMPORTANT: Control board 844 T is compatible with enclosures mod. E-L-LM and cannot be fitted inside the gearmotor.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
69
844 R Reversible
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotor 230V
for sliding gates with max weight of 1.000 kg
• Reversible: when no power is supplied to the motor, the sliding leaf
can always be moved manually.
• An electric lock must be installed to maintain the gate in closed
position.
• Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath (anti-crushing safety).
• Inductive limit switch.
• Key protected lever release device.
GREENTECH System:
844 R Rev + E145
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 R REVERSIBLE
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Traction and thrust force
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Operating ambient temperature
Weight with oil
Protection class
Type of oil
Gate speed
Thermal protection on motor winding
Limit switch
Clutch
Protection treatment
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
550 W
2.5 A
0-68 daN (Z12)
750 r.p.m.
3:29
-20 °C to +55 °C
15 kg
IP 44
FAAC HP OIL
11.6 m/min (Z12)
140 °C
Inductive
Twin-disk in oil-bath
Cataphoresis
275 x 191 x 357
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
A
B
5
Ref. Q.ty Description


1
1
1
1
4m

1
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
5
5
Low voltage cabling
4 cables 3x0.75
2 cables 2x0.50



Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5

N.B: Cable sections in mm2
70
TOTAL
Gearmotor 844 R Z12 Reversible
Control board 578 D
Enclosure mod. L
Foundation plate
Galvanised rack 30x12
with weld-on fittings
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T 10
Plastic containers to be walled in
Item code
Price
(euro)
109897
790922
720118
737816
490122
639,00
196,00
25,00
24,50
81,00
787824
787007
410013
785152
401028
737630
401010001/36
720086
59,00
35,00
37,00
154,00
76,00
20,00
36,00
7,50
1.390,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
1.000
844 R Z 12 REVERSIBLE
Use
frequency (%)
70
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
not included
109897
639,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
844 R REVERSIBLE
The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application with pinion, limit plates for mechanical assembly, release key, screw cover.
CONTROL UNITS
Electronic card E145
(remote installation)
Technical specifications page 141
Enclosure mod. L for control
boards
Enclosure mod. E for control
boards
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790006
252,00
720118
25,00
720119
17,00
720309
39,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate with side
and height adjustments
Release lock with customised
key from no. 1 to no. 36
Coupling plate for sliding gate
electric lock*
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code from 712751 to 712786
Price (euro)
14,00
Item code
Price (euro)
737816
24,50
Rack and chain
See page 76
720329
23,00
Notes
• An electric lock must be installed to maintain the gate in closed position.
A MINISERVICE must be used to supply the electric lock with power
(*) Electric lock not included
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
71
884 MC 3PH
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotor 400V
for sliding gates with max weight of 3,500 kg
• Ideal for heaviest industrial gates with intensive use.
• Braking device, that guarantees reduced stop spaces and keeps
the gate closed, thus making it unnecessary to install electric locks.
• In the event of power failure, the key-protected lever-operated release
device makes it possible to open and close the gate manually.
• Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath.
• Base with levelling screws.
• Steel housing protected by cataphoresis treatment and polyester paint.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 884 MC 3PH
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Torque
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Protection class
Type of oil
Gate speed
400 V 3ph (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
850 W
1.6 A (400V)
from 0 to 155 Nm
1400 r.p.m.
1:43.2
-20 °C to +55 °C
50 kg
Limit switch
Clutch
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
IP 55
FAAC HP OIL
10 m/min (Z16)
with lever and
roller microswitch
Twin-disk in oil-bath
430 x 310 x 586
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
2
4
3
5
1
A
B
5
Ref. Q.ty Description

1
1
1
4m
1

1
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
5
5
Low voltage cabling
4 cables 3x0.75
2 cables 2x0.50



Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5

N.B: Cable sections in mm2
72
TOTAL
Three-phase gearmotor 884 MC
Foundation plate
Pinion Z16 module 6
Galvanised rack 30x30 mod. 6
Package with corner fitting
for securing the rack
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
Foundation plates for columns
Key-operated push-button T 10
Plastic containers to be walled in
Item code
Price
(euro)
109885
737628
719169
719328
722123
2.285,00
101,00
46,00
45,00
11,50
787824
787007
410013
785152
401028
737630
401010001/36
720086
59,00
35,00
37,00
154,00
76,00
20,00
36,00
7,50
2.913,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
3,500
884 MC 3PH
Use
frequency (%)
100% (up to 2,000 kg)
50% (over 2,000 kg)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
built-in 884T
109885
2.285,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
884 MC 3PH
The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application without pinion and with control unit 884 T, limit counter-plates.
CONTROL UNITS
Built-in control board 884 T
(included in the motor)
Technical specifications page 146
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
737628
101,00
Pinion Z16 module 6
with protection for rack
Galvanised rack 30x30
module 6 (length 1 m)
Package with corner fitting for
securing the rack (3 pcs.)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
719169
46,00
719328
45,00
722123
11,50
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
73
C850
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotor 230V
for gates weighing up to 1,800 kg
• For sliding gates weighing up to 1800Kg, with speed (adjustable) up to
0.7 m / s recommended maximum length of 20 m
• Ideal for special applications where fast operation is required and a
continuous service (100%) such as, for example, prisons, embassies,
sensitive places.
• Irreversibility guaranteed by integrated electric brake on the powerful
geared motor 1.1KW
• Programming of the speed with integrated frequency inverter
• Electronic built-protected in a metal container and transparent plastic
cover.
• Micro deceleration start and limit switches integrated into the motor
and adjustable (does not require feedback on the gate)
• Cover in steel with protective zinc primer and polyester powder
coating
• Release device manually operated from the outside operator with
coded key
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF C850
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz
1800 W
Adjust speed and engine control
Limit switch
by inverter
4 built-in mechanical
Type of motor
1.1 KW with oil lubrication
Operating ambient temperature
-20°C ÷ +55°C
Pull and push
180 daN (Z28 module 4)
Drive torque
110 Nm
Max. recommended lenght of the gate (m)
IP54
Dimensions (WxDxH) in mm
20 ÷ 42 m/min
Max. inverter
49 kg
Class protection
20
Gate speed
Motor weight
R.o.T.
510x295x467
CD continuous service
1,5 KW
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Ref. Q.ty Description
2
3
4
1
A
B
4
Power cabling (230V)
cables 2x1,5+T
cables 2x1,5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (ie: active or passive safety
edges) that are to be determined on the basis of “risk analysis” of each specific installation (Ref.:
UNI-EN European Standards 12445 and 12453). The indicated price does not include the costs for the
installation and for the preparation of masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
74
1 Gearmotor C850 FAST SLIDER
1 Foundation plate C850

4

1 Receiver 1-channel RP 433 SLH


1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V
1 Key switch T10 E

Price
(euro)
109819
737850
2.442,00
85,00
490122
81,00
787824
59,00
410013
401019001-36
37,00
38,00
2 Pair of photocells PHOTOBEAM
785163
144,00

2 Low stand aluminum
401028
76,00

Foundation plate for aluminum column
2 (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E)
(pack of 20 pcs.)
737630
20,00
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
35,00
4
4
Low voltage cabling
cables 3x0,50
cables 2x0,50


Item code
TOTAL
Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with
solder included (pack of 4 m)
3.017,00
Use
Max.
weight (kg)
1.800
C850
Use
frequency (%)
100%
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
E850 built-in
109819
2.442,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
Model
The package includes: a gearmotor designed for application with rack and pinion Z28, with electronic equipment E850, inverters and limit switches.
CONTROL UNITS
Electronic equipment E850
Technical Specifications page 147
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate C850
Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with
solder included (pack of 4 m)
Remote Keypad Inverter OMRON
C850 (*)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737850
88,00
490122
81,00
404036
464,00
Note
* The accessory allows easy programming of the inverter and the diagnostic function. The keypad is supplied with cable connection.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
75
75
Accessories
Rack and chain
for sliding automated systems 740 - 741 - C720 - C721 - 746 - 844
Galvanised rack 30 x 12
mod. 4 with fittings to be
mechanically secured
(4 m package)
Item code
490124
Price (euro)
81,00
Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4
with weld-on fittings
(4 pcs package)
Galvanised rack 30x8
mod. 4 with weld-on fittings
(4 m package for gates with
max. weight of 400 kg)
Galvanised rack 30 x 8
mod. 4 with fittings to be
mechanically secured (4 m
package)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
76
490122
81,00
490123
68,00
490125
68,00
Nylon rack with steel
reinforcement 30x20 and relevant
fixing accessories
(4m package)
Item code
Price (euro)
4901204
85,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES
Notes
77
Type of installation
Max door dimensions L x H (m)
Residential
Condominium
3,00 x 3,80
SWING
spring / counterbalanced
D600
D700HS
D1000
5,00 x 3,80
SECTIONAL
D600
D700HS
D1000
Industrial
(with adapter GDA 2400)
540
541
541 3PH
Electromechanical ceiling
Type of up-and-over/sectional doors
that can be automated with: D600 - D700HS - D1000
78
Electromechanical
side application
Automated systems
for sectional doors
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
79
D600-D700HS-D1000
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Electromechanically-driven operator 24V
for sectional doors or spring/counterbalanced up-and-over doors,
for residential (D600-D700HS) and also condominium (D1000) use
News:
D700HS (High Speed): up to 12m/minute
double speed compared to traditional motors
• Anti-burglary non-reversing facility: there is no need to install locks and bolts.
• Bi-stable release device (patented).
• The anti-crushing device makes it possible to build automated systems
conforming to European Directives.
The safety edge is not necessary.
• Quick, simple installation thanks to the pre-installed rail and installation
of the automated system without any tools with rotation coupling.
• Chain/belt transmission.
• Adjustable travel limit electronic slow-down.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF D600 - D700 HS - D1000
D600
Power supply
Electric motor
Max. absorbed power
Thrust force
Type of use
Maximum overall dimensions from ceiling
Courtesy lamp
Courtesy lamp timing
Carriage standard off load speed
Carriage reduced off load speed
Carriage speed at slow-down
Noise at standard speed
Travel length at slow-down
Intrinsic safety device
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
220 W
600 N
6.6 m/min
1.3 m/min
D700HS
230 Vac
24 Vdc
440 W
700 N
continuous
35 mm
230 Vac - 40 W (max)
120 s.
1.2 m/min
3.8 m/min
2.5 m/min
45 dB(A)
variable from setup
standard supply
for internal use only (IP20)
from -20 °C to +55 °C
360 x 200 x 145
D1000
350 W
1000 N
6.6 m/min
1.3 m/min
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
1
Ref. Q.ty Description


A
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 2x1.5*T
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2.
80
1
1
1
D600 Dolphin kit 868
Single piece rail with chain travel 2,000 mm
Receiver XF 433 / 868
Item code
10566515
390119
included
1 Transmitter 433 / 868
1 XL 24 flashing lamp
410017
1 Pair of photocelles
1 Key operated push button T10
401010001
Adaptor for counterbalanced up-and-over doors
1 GDA 2400
390548
Arm for sectional doors
1 Arm for sectional doors
390768
Price
(euro)
289,00
83,00
30,00
36,00
99,00
15,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices
(i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the
specific “risk analysis” of each installation.
(Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR DOLPHIN KIT
Item code
Price (euro)
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
CONTROL UNITS
Built-in E600, E700HS, E1000 control
boards. See electronics
and accessories page 148
Receiver
XF 868 MHz - XF 433 MHz
XF 868 Code
Price (euro)
XF 433 Code Price (euro)
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS
D600 Dolphin kit K868
10566515
289,00
D600 Dolphin kit K433
10566516
289,00
D700HS
110602
294,00
D1000 Dolphin kit K868
10566615
355,00
D1000 Dolphin kit K433
10566616
355,00
IMPORTANT: a rail (single piece or two pieces with belt or chain drive) must always be ordered with every D600 or D1000 operator.
Packages contain: an electro-mechanical operator with control unit and timed courtesy lamp, installation accessories and internal release device.
Item code
Price (euro)
GDA 2400 adaptor for
counterbalanced up-and-over
doors, max. height 2400 mm
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390768
15,00
410017
30,00
Cable and sheath for external release
(for application to the existing handle)
Emergency battery kit XBAT 24
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390488
7,50
390548
99,00
Rail central support - supplied
standard with two piece rails
Item code
390765
Price (euro)
32,00
Flashing lamp XL 24 L
319007
47,00
319006
47,00
Curved arm for sectional doors
390923 (*)
93,00
Key-operated external release
for doors over 15 mm thick
from no. 1 to no. 36 (**)
Item code from 424591001 to 424591036
Price (euro)
31,00
Notes (*) The D600 - D700HS - D1000 automated systems are designed for housing “on board” the XBAT24 emergency battery kit (optional).
(**) To install, the accessory cable and sheath for external release must also be used.
Important: Important: the E600/E700HS/E1000 control boards, with new technology
are compatible only with the XF 433/XF868 receiver.
The D600 – D700 HS – D1000 automated systems can be equipped only with the XL24L flashing lamp.
USE OF OPERATORS D600 - D700HS - D1000
Rail
Door max.
dimensions
l x h (m)
Sectional door
max. dimensions
l x h (m)
Length of rail
(mm)
Carriage
max. travel
(mm)
Item code
Price (euro)
3.00 x 2.15
3.00 x 2.60
3.00 x 3.20
3.00 x 3.80
3.00 x 2.60
3.00 x 3.20
3.00 x 3.80
3.00 x 2.15
3.00 x 2.60
3.00 x 3.20
3.00 x 3.80
3.00 x 2.60
3.00 x 3.20
3,00 x 3,80
5.00 x 2.02
5.00 x 2.62
5.00 x 3.20
5.00 x 3.80
5.00 x 2.62
5.00 x 3.20
5.00 x 3.80
5.00 x 2.02
5.00 x 2.62
5.00 x 3.20
5.00 x 3.80
5.00 x 2.62
5.00 x 3.20
5,00 x 3,80
2400
3000
3600
4200
3000
3600
4200
2400
3000
3600
4200
3000
3600
4200
2020
2620
3200
3800
2620
3200
3800
2020
2620
3200
3800
2620
3200
3800
390119
390125
390131
390138
390225
390231
390238
390120
390126
390132
390139
390226
390232
390239
 83,00
 94,00
104,00
120,00
109,00
121,00
135,00
128,00
137,00
151,00
170,00
152,00
162,00
186,00
Single with chain
Single with chain
Single with chain
Single with chain
Two-piece with chain
Two-piece with chain
Two-piece with chain
Single with belt
Single with belt
Single with belt
Single with belt
Two-piece with belt
Two-piece with belt
Two-piece with belt
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
81
540
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotors for industrial
sectional doors 230V
(with integrated control board)
• Ideal for industrial application with “dead-man” control.
• 2 types of application: by direct transmission on the spring-carrier
shaft or indirect by chain transmission (in case of shortage of space
at the sides or too short a door shaft).
• The gearmotor is non-reversing. In case of power cut: the door can
be moved manually by using the rapid release cord device or (540 V)
by activating the chain winch.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 540 V BPR
Power supply
Electric motor
Max. absorbed power
Absorbed current
Thrust capacitor
Rotation speed
Thermal protection on winding
Use frequency
Drive
Shaft rated torque
Drive max. revs
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Gearmotor max. weight
Type of oil
Oil quantity
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
asynchronus single-phase 1450 r.p.m.
800 W
3.5 A
20 µF
23 r.p.m.
140 °C
40% S3
through shaft diam. 25.4 mm (1”)
50 Nm
24
IP54
from -20 °C to +55 °C
14 Kg
FAAC HP OIL
0.9 I
92 x 376 x 266
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description
1

1

1
1
1

TOTAL
A B
2
Low voltage cabling
2 cables 2x0.75
1 cable 3x0.75
1 cable 2x0.75
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2.
82
Gearmotor 540 V BRP with travel limit
and integrated control board
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM
Item code
Price
(euro)
109509
753,00
787824
787007
785165
59,00
35,00
62,00
909,00
2
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices
(i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the
specific “risk analysis” of each installation.
(Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Applications
540 V BPR kit
See graph (*)
Use frequency
(%)
40 (S3)
Item code
Price (euro)
109509
753,00
Control unit
540 BPR included
The package 540 V (540 V BPR) includes: a gearmotor with travel limit and integrated control board 540 BT (540 BPR), securing plate, “cord operated”
emergency release device (**), manual motion “chain” device (winch) (**).
CONTROL UNIT
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 540 BPR
Technical specifications page 148
Securing plate for
three-dimensional adjustment
Item code
Price (euro)
TRANSMISSION 1:2
TRANSMISSION 1:1.5
DIRECT APPLIC.
KEY:
F= MAX FORCE REQUIRED TO MANUALLY MOVE
THE DOOR
Dt= DIAMETER OF THE ROPE WINDING DRUM
390721
19,50
(*) GRAPH - FIELDS OF APPLICATIONS
To assess correct application of the
automated system, measure the force
required to lift the door (this value can
also be found in the door documentation)
and the diameter of the rope winding
drum.
The graph will make it possible to
determine the possible application
of the gearmotor and the need to use a
transmission kit for off-axis application
(see specific accessories for 540).
The transmission kit for “off axis”
applications R. 1:1.5 (*) includes:
• Securing plate of gearmotor
including the chain tension
adjustment system
• Pinion Z20 with shaft for
installation on the gearmotor
• Pinion Z30 with shaft for installation
on the sectional door shaft
• Transmission chain
The transmission kit for “off axis”
applications R. 1:2.0 (*) includes:
• Securing plate of gearmotor
including the chain tension
adjustment system
• Pinion Z20 with shaft for
installation on the gearmotor
• Pinion Z40 with shaft for installation
on the sectional door shaft
• Transmission chain
Button-board XB300
(included in the kit)
Item code
402500
Price (euro)
51,00
Rapid release extension for
installations of up to 8 m
Chain winch extension for
installations of up to 8 m
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390744
153,00
390745
153,00 390719
4,00
390720
22,50
Notes
• (**) For installation of the gearmotor at heights of up to 4 m. For greater heights, see above Specific accessories.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
83
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS
540
541 - 3PH
INDUSTRIAL
Gearmotors for industrial
sectional doors 230V
(with “remote” control board)
• Ideal for industrial applications with “automatic/semiautomatic logics”
command, with a “remote” control unit.
• Capacity 70 Nm.
• 2 types of application: by direct transmission on the spring-carrier shaft or
indirect by chain transmission (in case of shortage of space at the sides or
too short a door shaft).
• The gearmotor is non-reversing.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 541 - 3PH
Power supply
Electric motor
Max. absorbed power
Absorbed current
Rotation speed
Thermal protection on winding
Use frequency
Drive
Shaft rated torque
Drive max. revs
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Gearmotor max. weight
Type of oil
Oil quantity
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
400 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
asynchronous three-phase 1450 r.p.m.
720 W
1.1 A
24 r.p.m.
140 °C
60% S3
through shaft diam. 25.4 mm (1”)
70 Nm
24
IP54
-20 °C to +55 °C
14 Kg
FAAC HP OIL
0.9 I
92 x 376 x 266
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
1
3
2
A B
4
Low voltage cabling
2 cables 2x0.75
1 cable 3x0.75
1 cable 2x0.75
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B.: Cable sections in mm2.
84
4
Ref. Q.ty Description

1


1
1
1
1

TOTAL
Gearmotor 541 X 3 PH with integrated
encoder
Control unit EB540 BPR 3PH
Receiver RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Pair of photocells PHOTOBEAM
Item code
Price
(euro)
109520
687,00
402502
787824
787007
785163
259,00
59,00
35,00
74,00
1.114,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices
(i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the
specific “risk analysis” of each installation.
(Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
541 - 3 PH
Use
Applications
541 X 3PH
See graph (*)
Use frequency
(%)
60 (S3)
Item code
Price (euro)
109520
687,00
Control unit
Not included
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS
Model
The package 541 X 3PH includes: a gearmotor with travel limit and integrated encoder, securing plate, manual motion “chain” device (winch) (**).
CONTROL UNITS
Control unit EB 540 BPR 3PH
(including board 540 BPR, enclosure,
disconnecting switch, remote
control switches, control
button‑board and activation key)
Item code
402502
Price (euro)
259,00
Control unit EB 578 D 3PH
(including board 578 D, enclosure,
disconnecting switch, remote
control switches, control
button‑board and activation key)
Item code
402504
Price (euro)
378,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
F (daN)
TRANSMISSION 1:2
TRANSMISSION 1:1.5
DIRECT APPLIC.
Transmission kit for “Off axis”
applications R. 1:1.5 (*)
Transmission kit for “Off axis”
applications R. 1:2.0 (*)
Securing plate for threedimensional adjustment
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390744
153,00
390745
153,00
Rapid release extension for
installations of up to 8 m
Chain winch extension for
installations of up to 8 m
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390719
4,00
Dt (mm)
KEY:
F= MAX FORCE REQUIRED TO MANUALLY MOVE
THE DOOR
Dt= DIAMETER OF THE ROPE WINDING DRUM
390721
19,50
(*) GRAPH - FIELDS OF APPLICATIONS
The graph shows with which type of
application the 541 3PH model can be
installed, considering the maximum
force F necessary to manually move the
door, expressed in daN (1daN = force
required to lift 1.02 kg) and the diameter
Dt of the rope-winding drum, expressed
in millimetres. For example, if a door can
be moved with a force of 108 daN and
the drum diameter is 180 mm, a 541 3PH
model with chain transmission of 1:1.5
must be installed.
N.B.: force F can be measured with a
dynamometer. It is not directly related to
the door weight, but to its balance.
390720
22,50
Notes (**) For installation of the gearmotor at heights of up to 4 m. For greater heights, see Specific accessories for the 541 3PH.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
85
Type of installation
Maximum door dimensions
L x H (m)
3,00 x 2,70
Residential
Industrial
580**
580**
580**
580**
550*
3,00 x 3,50
4,00 x 3,00
with 2 actuators
Condominium
550*
5,00 x 3,00
with 2 actuators
6,00 x 4,00
* Electro-mechanical
** Hydraulic
Automated systems
for up-and-over doors
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
87
550
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator 230V
for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for residential use
• Ideal for domestic use garages with up-and-over
doors of up to 3 m in width
• Master + Slave version for widths up to 4 m
• Anti-crushing safety guaranteed by an electronic
torque control device and ENCODER*
• Integrated travel limit switches for high frequency of use
• Non reversing
• Internal release and facility for external
release with customised key
• Facility for assembly of operator with motor
low or high.
*(ITT version)
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 550
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Output torque
Angular speed
Motor rotation speed
Thermal protection on motor winding
550
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
1400 r.p.m.
350 W
1.5 A
0 to 300 Nm
12 °/s
1400 r.p.m.
140 °C
Capacitor
Time of up-and-over opening at 90°
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Protection class
Dimensions (L x W x D)
Reduction ratio
550
10 µ
15 s
-20 °C to +55 °C
7.5 kg
IP 31 (only for internal use)
670 x 175 x 120 mm
1:679
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
88
Price
(euro)
110549
492,00
722136
45,00

1

1
Package 550 ITT with integrated
control board
Securing long. member - length 1.5 m




1
1
1
1
1
Pair of telescopic curved arms
390564
Pair of transmission tubes
736022
Key-operated external release
424550001/50
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
787824
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
TOTAL
Item
code
46,00
46,00
9,50
59,00
35,00
732,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
550 ITT
550 Slave
Max. door dimensions
width x height (m)
4.00 x 3.00 (**)
4.00 x 3.00 (**)
Use
Door max. weight
(kg/sqm)
10
10
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
15-25 (*)
15-25 (*)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
built-in E550
Not included
110549
110553
492,00
331,00
The package 550 SLAVE / 550 SLAVE L includes: an electro-mechanical operator, protective housing with built-in ceiling light, timed courtesy lamp, a thrust
capacitor 10 μF 400 V (8 μF 400 V mod. L).
The package 550 ITT / 550 ITT L includes: an electro-mechanical operator, protective housing with built-in ceiling light, control unit E550, timed courtesy
lamp, a thrust capacitor 10 μF 400 V (8 μF 400 V mod. L).
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board E550
Technical specifications page 149
Kit for protection class IP 44
Item code
Price (euro)
110554
20,00
Securing longitudinal member
2m
Packages with two telescopic
arms, straight and curved
Item code (straight)
390563
Price (euro)
43,00
Item code (curved)
390564
Price (euro)
46,00
Item code (straight with bushing)738709
Price (euro)
62,00
Notes
• (**) For up-and-over doors in
the width range of 3 to 4 m (height
3 m) use a 550 ITT operator and a
550 SLAVE. In this case, the E 550
control unit built into the 550 ITT
also controls the 550 SLAVE.
• The same applies for the L
version
Item code
Price (euro)
722140
48,00
Securing longitudinal member
length 1.5 m
Pair of transmission tubes (length
1.5 m), with side supports, for
installation with one central operator
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
722136
45,00
736022
46,00
Pair of transmission tubes, with
side supports, for installation with
two operators
Item code
Price (euro)
390592
24,50
External release with customised
keys from no. 1 to no. 50
External release for application
on existing handle
External release extension for doors
with thickness of over 15 mm
Codes from 424550001 to 424550050
Price (euro)
9,50
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390607
28,00
424551
16,00
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
89
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS
550
580
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
Hydraulic operator 230V
for counterbalanced up-and-over doors
for intensive use
• Ideal for heavy traffic garages
• A reliable low noise operator, little manteinance
• Anti-crushing safety guaranteed by a hydraulic device
•The anti break-in facility is provided by the double hydraulic block. The door is
guaranteed to resist even in strong winds
• In case of power cut: a release facility from inside the garage is supplied, and
another from the outside (optional) with customized key.
• Guaranteed door hold when opening, even in strong winds.
GREENTECH System:
580 + E045 or E145
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 580
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Output torque
Angular speed
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Operating ambient temperature
Weight with oil
Type of oil
Protection class
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
0 to 450 Nm
9°15’/s
1400 r.p.m.
0.75 l/min
120 °C
-20 °C to +55 °C
12 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
480 x 96 x 110
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description







TOTAL
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 3x0.5
Power cabling (230 V)
1 cable 3x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operator 580 CBAC
Installation accessories package
Securing long. member - length 1.5 m
Key-operated external release
Control board 596 BPR
Enclosure mod. E
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Control push-button FAAC SWITCH
Plastic container to be walled in
Item code
104501
390581
722299
424590001
790281
720119
787824
787007
401002
720086
Price
(euro)
658,00
99,00
69,00
27,00
123,00
17,00
59,00
35,00
33,00
2,50
1.122,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Max. door dimensions
width x height (m)
3.50 x 3.00 (*)
580 CBAC
Use
Door max.
weight (kg/sqm)
15
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
60
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104501
658,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS
580
Packages contain: a hydraulic operator - with opening/closing hydraulic block (580 CBAC), a thrust capacitor 8 μF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Enclosure mod. L for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00 790006
252,00
720118
25,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Enclosure mod. E for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Key-operated external release for
doors with max. thickness of 15 mm
(from no. 1 to no. 36)
Key-operated external release
for doors with thickness of over
15 mm (from no. 1 to no. 36)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Codes from 424560001 to 424560036
Price (euro)
35,00
Codes from 424560101 to 424560136
Price (euro)
41,00
720119
17,00
720309
39,00
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES with mechanical assembly (without welding)
with welded assembly
Securing longitudinal member
length 1.5 m
Packages with two telescopic arms,
straight and curved
Pair of transmission tubes, with side
supports, for installation with 1 or 2
operators
Packages for 1 or 2 operators with
telescopic arms, longitudinal
members and tubes
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code (straight)
Price (euro)
Item code (curved)
Price (euro)
Item code (1 op.) Price (euro)
Item code (2 op.) Price (euro)
Item code (1 op.) Price (euro)
Item code (2 op.) Price (euro)
722299
69,00
390432
60,00
390433
74,00
390434
97,00
390435
48,00
390581
99,00
390582
99,00
Notes (*) For doors with width of over 3.50 m install two operators. An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
91
Type of installation
Residential
R 180N
Condominium
R 180N
R 280N**
227 L
Industrial
R 180N
R 280N**
227 L
Shutter shaft
diameter (mm)
60
48*
42*
60
48*
42*
76
Winding flange
diameter (mm)
200
220**
200
220**
240
Lifting capacity
(kg)
180
(*) BY COMPENSATOR (included in the package)
(**) BY SPACERS/CROWN (included in the package)
92
280
160
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS
Automated systems
for rolling shutters
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
93
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
R 180N-R 280N-227L
Gearmotors 230V
for spring balanced rolling shutters
• Facility for application of anti-drop safety device (EN 13241-1)
• Limit switches with self-learning adjustment (Patented)
•Application possible, with adapters included, on shutters with shaft diameter
of 60/48/42 mm and spring boxes of 200/220 mm
• Shutter max height: 8 m
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS R 180N - R 280N - 277L
Power supply voltage
Absorbed current
Drive torque
Operating ambient temperature
Lifting capacity
Winding flange speed
Shutter shaft diameter
Winding flange diameter
Maximum shutter height
Maximum shutter width
Operator weight
R 180N / R 180N EF
R 280N / R 280N EF
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
2.4 A
4.4 A
180 Nm
280 Nm
-20 °C to +55 °C
180 kg
280 kg
10 r.p.m.
9 r.p.m.
60/48/42 mm
200/220 mm
8m
4.5 m
8.7 kg
12.5 kg
227 L
230 Vac +/-10% 50 /60 Hz
2.5 A
150 Nm
160 kg
9 r.p.m.
76 mm
240 mm
11 kg
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Rif Q.ty Description

1



1
1
1
1
TOTAL
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 3x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 3x1.5+T
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
94
Gearmotor R 180N 60x200
Lifting capacity 180 kg
Electric brake for R 180N
200 MPS control unit with
Burglar-resistant key-selector
with lever release XK21L24 V
European cylinder lock with
customised key
Item code
Price
(euro)
109920
159,00
409840
790905
401301
43,00
105,00
100,00
from 712052
to 712087
14,50
421,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices
(i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to
the specific “risk analysis” of each installation
(Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Shutter shaft
diameter (mm)
60/48/42
60/48/42
60/48/42
60/48/42
76
R 180N
R 180N EF (*)
R 280N
R 280N EF (*)
227 L
Use
Diameter
of spring boxes (mm)
200/220
200/220
200/220
200/220
240
Use
frequency (%)
25
25
25
25
20
Control unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
109920
109922
109921
109923
109704
159,00
201,00
249,00
292,00
212,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS
R 180N - R 280N - 227 L
The packages R 180N - R 280N include: a gearmotor, winding flange adapters 200/220, shaft reduction tube 60-48-42. installation accessories.
(*) EF models are provided with Electric brake already mounted.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board
mod. 200 MPS
Technical specifications page 149
Enclosure mod. E compatible with
control boards 200 MPS
Electric brake R 180N - R 280N *
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790905
105,00
720119
17,00
409840
43,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR R 180 - R 280
Anti-drop device
Item code
Price (euro)
390925
68,00
XK 21 H 230 V (***) - Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release
(only for R 180N - R 280N)
XK 21 L 24 V (***) - Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release
(only with control board 200 MPS)
EF - 27 (**) Electric brake for
Series 227
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401300
94,00
401301
100,00
747000
53,00
Notes
• (*) for external release use burglar resistent key-selector with lever release XK 21 H 230 V
• (**) for external release use key-operated push-buttons T 20 IF and T 20 EF
• (***) Cylinder sold as a separate part - see page 163
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
95
Type of installation
Single panel max width (m)
Residential
0,50
1,50
2,00
* Electro-mechanical
** Hydraulic
96
390*
Condominium
Industrial
560 CBACR**
560 CBACR**
560 CBAC**
560 CBAC**
560 SB**
560 SB**
Automated systems
for folding doors
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
97
390
RESIDENTIAL
Electro-mechanical operator
with telescopic arm 230V
for bi-folding doors with single panel
max. width of 1.5 m
• Irreversible motor, no need electric lock, max lenght single panel 1.5 m
• Emergency battery in case of power failure
• No need to use BUS XIB interface in case you use NO BUS devices
• Manual release device which can be activated from inside or outside through specific device.
230V GREENTECH System:
390 230V + E045 or E145
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 390 230V
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Reduction ratio
Angle speed
98
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
280 W
1,2 A
960 r.p.m.
1:700
8°/s
Max. torque
Thermal protection on motor winding
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
Weight
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
250 Nm
140°C
-20°C to +55°C
IP 44
11.5 kg
410 x 130 x 130
390 - 230V
Use
Single-leaf
max. width (m)
1,5
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
15
Apparecchiatura
elettronica
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
104570
330,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
Model
The package 390 - 230V includes: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a 8μF 400V thrust capacitor and a release key
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 390 - 230V
Item
code
Ref Q.ty Description
2 Operators 390 - 230V
104570
2 Telescopic arms
738706
1 Control board E045
790005
1 Enclosure mod. E
720119
1 Receiver board XF433 Mhz
319006
1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 230 V
410013
1 Pair of photocells XP 20 B D
785103
1 Key-operated push-button T10 E
401019001
1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
99
390
RESIDENTIAL
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS FOR 230V
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00
790006
252,00
ACCESSORIES FOR 230V
Enclosure mod. L
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
100
720118
25,00
Enclosure mod. E
for control boards
Enclosure mod. LM
for control boards
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
720309
39,00 Telescopic arm
(application for folding doors)
External release device with cable
and sheath*
Length 5 m
Single limit switch kit
(opening or closing)**
XK 21 L 24V Anti burglar Key
selector with lever release
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
738706
66,00
401057
45,00
390682
9,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
ACCESSORIES COMMON TO BOTH THE OPERATORS
401301
100,00
BUS interface XIB
(if you use E024S or E045 board
with photocell BUS)
Item code
Price (euro)
790062
12,50
Notes:
(*) For use with key switches XK21 L 24V or T21 or T21 EF IF (see page 167)
(**) Operators 390 can be equipped with a limit switch in opening and a closing limit switch. To manage the / i switch on the 390 you need to use the card E145.
(***) The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm
For a folding door panels 2 to provide two operators, two articulated arms and a control unit.
WARNING: operators 390 must be accompanied by an articulated arm (swing gate) or telescopic (for folding doors).
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
101
560
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
Hydraulic operator 230V
for bi-folding doors for intensive use
GREENTECH System:
560 + E045 or E145
• Ideal for bi-folding doors
It is fixed on one leaf only and opens and closes by means of a telescopic arm
• In the event of a power-cut, the release device on the operator enables manual opening and closing
• Anti-crushing guaranteed by a pair of by-pass valves and an inviolability system for the valves.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 560
560 CBAC
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Effective torque
Angular speed
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Operation ambient temperature
Weight with oil
Type of oil
Protection class
Operator dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
102
560 SB
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase bi-directional
220 W
1A
0 to 320 Nm
12.4 °/s
1400 r.p.m.
1 I/min
120 °C
-20 °C to +55 °C
12 kg
FAAC HP OIL
IP 55
480 x 85 x 110
Model
Use
Single-panel
max. width (m)
1.50
2.00
560 CBAC
560 SB
Use frequency
(cycles/hour)
50
50
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Not included
Not included
104561
104562
811,00
778,00
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
560
The 560 packages contain: a hydraulic operator - with hydraulic block at opening and closing (560 CBAC) - without hydraulic block (560 SB), a thrust
capacitor 8 μF 400 V.
CONTROL UNITS
Control board E045
Technical specifications page 140
Control board E145
Technical specifications page 141
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
790005
182,00 790006
252,00
Enclosure mod. L for control
boards
Item code
Price (euro)
720118
25,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Enclosure mod. E for control
boards
Enclosure mod. LM for control
boards
Articulated telescopic arm with
installation accessories
Standard telescopic arm with
installation accessories
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
720119
17,00
720309
39,00
738700
92,00
External key release for doors
with max thickness of 15 mm
(from no. 1 to no. 36)
External key release for doors
with thickness over 15 mm
(from no. 1 to no. 36)
Remote manual release
Codes from 424590001 to 424590036
Price (euro)
27,00
Codes from 424591001 to 424591036
Price (euro)
31,00
Item code
Price (euro)
738703
60,00
722342
22,00
Notes
• An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
103
115 V and WINTER
HYDRAULIC
SWING
OPERATORS
115 V VERSION
AND UL/CSA VERSION
DIMENSIONS
AND
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
OF 560
400 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA
400 CBAC lt.1 UL/CSA 115V
400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN 220V UL/CSA
400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN UL/CSA 115V
400 CBAC lt.1,5 220V UL/CSA
400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 115V
422 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA
422 CBAC lt.1 UL 115V UL/CSA
422 CBAC lt.1,5 PEDESTRIAN 115V UL/CSA
402 CBC lt.1 220V UL/CSA
402 CBC lt.1 115V UL/CSA
Code
1042011
10420112
1042021
10420212
1042071
10420712
1042001
10420012
10421812
1044681
1044682
Price (euro)
689,00
689,00
803,00
803,00
760,00
760,00
559,00
559,00
728,00
403,00
403,00
Code
10420177
104201177
1042011277
10420277
104202177
1042021277
10420777
104207177
1042071277
10420677
10420977
10420077
104200177
1042001277
1042181277
10446877
104468177
104468277
1041001577
1041011577
Price (euro)
733,00
732,00
732,00
853,00
872,00
871,00
793,00
806,00
808,00
682,00
533,00
550,00
578,00
578,00
750,00
400,00
419,00
420,00
537,00
513,00
ELECTROMECHANICAL SWING OPERATORS
412 115V (LEFT VERSION) UL/CSA
412 115V (RIGHT VERSION) UL/CSA
413 115V
413 LS 115V
415 115V UL/CSA
415 LS 115V UL/CSA
415 L 115V UL/CSA
415 L LS 115V UL/CSA
Code
104476
104475
1044132
1044142
1044152
1044162
1044172
1044182
Price (euro)
243,00
243,00
315,00
370,00
325,00
351,00
341,00
377,00
HYDRAULIC SLIDING OPERATORS
844 ER Z16 - 115V
844 ER Z6 - 115V-UL
844 ER Z20 - 115V
Code
1098372
1098371
10983721
Price (euro)
857,00
999,00
587,00
ELECTROMECHANICAL SLIDING OPERATORS
740 E Z16 115V
741 E Z16 - 115 V
Code
1097801
1097811
Price (euro)
411,00
500,00
CONTROL BOARDS
E024 115V
455D 115V UL/CSA
455D 220V UL/CSA
780D 115V
740D/748D
624 BLD 115V
624 BLD 230V UL/CSA
Code
79028312
790919
790926
79092112
2022691
20227125
63000395
Price (euro)
197,00
207,00
207,00
178,00
185,00
209,00
209,00
HYDRAULIC SWING OPERATORS WINTER VERSION
400 CBAC lt. 1 220V
400 CBAClt.1 220V UL/CSA
400 CBAClt.1 UL/CSA 115V
400 CBAC LN lt.1,5 220V
400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN 220V UL/CSA
400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN UL/CSA 115V
400 CBACR lt.1,5 220V
400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 220V
400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 115V
400 SB lt.1 220V
422 CBACS lt.0.75 220V
422 CBAC lt.1 220V
422 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA
422 CBAC lt.1 115V UL/CSA
422 CBAC lt.1,5 PEDESTRIAN 115V UL/CSA
402 CBC lt.1 220V
402 CBC lt.1 UL/CSA 220V
402 CBC lt.1 UL/CSA 115V
S450H CBAC 24V UL/CSA
S450H SB 24V UL/CSA
104
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
WINTER
AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS
Notes
105
Type of installation
Residential
615
RAPID
615
STANDARD
617/3
617/4
617/6
620
STANDARD
Condominium
615
RAPID
615
STANDARD
617/3
617/4
617/6
620
STANDARD
B680H
620
RAPID
620 SR
Industrial
620
RAPID
Parking
Use frequency
Beam max.
lenght (m)
Opening time (s)
106
B680H
640
620 SR
B680H
B680H
Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
duty
duty
duty
duty
40%
50%
50%
60%
70%
2,50
5,00
3,00
5,00
7,00
5,00
4,00
3,00
7,00
8,30
3
6
from 2,5
to 4
8,00
from 3,5
to 4,5
from 2
to 3
from 0,8
to 2,2
from 4
to 8
from 1,5
to 6
Automatic
barriers
615 BPR
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Automatic barrier 230V
for beams up to 5 m
• Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block
• Ideal for medium transit frequency and for controlling small and
medium private areas
• Anti-crushing hydraulic safety device
• Manual release by triangular key
• Already equipped with limit-switches
• Accommodate use of anti-vandal valve
Also available with:
• New round beam with light support
• New RAL 9006 colour (Grey).
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 615 BPR
615 BPR STD
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Effective torque
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Paint
Protection class
Max. consecutive cycles (at 20°)
Type of rectangular beam
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Thrust capacitor
615 BPR RAP
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
1,5 I/min
2800 r.p.m.
3 I/min
120°C
0 to 400 Nm
0 to 300 Nm
-20°C to +55°C
34 kg
FAAC HP OIL
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment
Polyester RAL 2004 - RAL 9006
IP 44
220
340
standard-standard with skirt (4m) - articulated standard
standard
270 x 140 x 1015
8 µF 400 V
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3

2
5
1
1
1
5

A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
108
1
4



TOTAL
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Item code
615 BPR standard barrier body with
104906
in-built control unit 596/615BPR
Foundation plate for 615
490073
Fastening pocket for
428342
rectangular beam
Rectangular beam 4,815 mm
428091
Balancing spring wire 8
721018
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
787824
Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
410013
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
785152
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
401028
Key-operated push-button T10
401010001/36
Foundation plates for columns
737630
Plastic container to be walled in
720086
Price
(euro)
927,00
26,50
41,00
124,00
43,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
76,00
36,00
20,00
2,50
1.504,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
615 BPR
615 BPR standard
615 BPR standard RAL 9006 Grey
615 BPR rapid
615 BPR rapid RAL 9006 Grey
Use
Opening
time (s)
6
6
3
3
Beam max.
length (m)
5.00
5.00
2.50
2.50
Use
frequency (%)
50
50
40
40
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Built-in 596/615 BPR
Built-in 596/615 BPR
Built-in 596/615 BPR
Built-in 596/615 BPR
104906
104910
104907
104911
927,00
927,00
927,00
927,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
Model
The packages 615 include: barrier body, hydraulic transmission system complete with hydraulic control unit and double-acting piston, installation
accessories, a triangular release key.
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 596/615 BPR
Technical specifications page 150
Skirt kit (*) length 2 m
(only for standard rectangular
beams)
Skirt kit (*) length 3 m
(only for standard rectangular
beams)
Articulation kit - max. ceiling
height 3 m (only for standard
rectangular beams)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths:
Length
2,315 mm
Item code
428088
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
2,815 mm
Item code
428089
Price (euro)
104,00
Length
3,815 mm
Item code
428090
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4,815 mm
Item code
428091
Price (euro)
124,00
Notes
• IMPORTANT: the beam
fastening pocket and the
balancing spring are not
included in the case and must
be ordered separately. Consult
“Specific Accessories” and
“Balancing springs”.
• (*) For use of the skirt kit and/
or end foot, we advise you to
select the most suitable balancing spring (see relevant table
on the following page).
428441
124,00
428446
183,00
Fastening pocket for rectangular
or round beams
Rectangular beams
Item code
428342
Price (euro)
41,00
Item code
Price (euro)
End foot for S/L round beam
Support fork for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
428442
80,00
428137
222,00
Foundation plate
490073
26,50
728487
129,00
Fork support plate
Additional triangular release key
Anti-vandal valve
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737621
10,00 each
713002
1,50 each
401066
136,00
109
615 BPR
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
S ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Round beams S
(stickers not included)
Length
2,300 mm
Item code
428045
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
3,300 mm
Item code
428042
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4,300 mm
Item code
428043
Price (euro)
140,00
Length
5,000 mm
Item code
428002
Price (euro)
164,00
Fastening pocket for
S 615/620 round beams
Item code
428445
Price (euro)
105,00
End foot for S/L round beam
Support fork for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Reflective strip kit
Kit for connecting 615 round beam
lights
Luminous cord package
containing 11 m
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
728488
20,50
2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
110
428441
124,00
490117
10,50
3 m skirt kit for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
428446
183,00
428442
80,00
390081
84,00
728487
129,00
390993
89,00
Ø
5,5
6,0
7,0
7,5
8,0
Rectangular beams
1,315 mm to 2,315 mm
2,316 mm to 2,815 mm
2,816 mm to 3,815 mm
Rect. beam with skirt
1,315 mm to 2,315 mm
2,316 mm to 2,815 mm
Rect. beam with foot
1,315 mm to 1,815 mm
1,816 mm to 2,315 mm
2,316 mm to 2,815 mm
2,816 mm to 3,815 mm
3,816 mm to 4,815 mm
Rect. beam with skirt and foot
1,315 mm to 1,815 mm
1,816 mm to 2,315 mm
2,316 mm to 3,315 mm
2,816 mm to 3,815 mm
Item code
721008
721005
721006
721007
721018
Price (euro)
24,00
24,50
33,00
39,00
43,00
Balancing springs for S round beams with lights
Ø
S round beam with
lights
S round beam with
lights and foot
5,5
6,0
7,5
8,0
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
4,310 to 5,000 mm
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
S round beam with
lights and skirt
S round beam with lights, skirt
and foot
Item code
Price (euro)
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
721008
721005
721006
721018
24,00
24,50
33,00
43,00
S round beam
with skirt
0 to 2,300 mm
S round beam
with skirt and foot
Item code
Price (euro)
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
721008
721005
721006
721018
24,00
24,50
33,00
43,00
Balancing springs for S round beams S
Ø
S round beam
5,5
6,0
7,0
8,0
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
4,310 to 5,000 mm
S round beam
with foot
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
Parameters calculation for articulated barriers 615 (*)
2,310 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 4,300 mm
Balancing springs for articulated barrier 615
L (mm)
1.815
A (mm)
815 to 1,314
2,815
815 to 1,314
1,315 to 2,075
815 to 2,075
85 110
2.815
A
3.815
Item code
721008
721005
721008
721005
721006
H
B
L
930
A
Rectangular
beam
LT
Dimensions
in mm
L = Beam length
H = Floor to ceiling height (max. 3.20 m)
A = H - 1.125 mm
Notes
• (*) The 615 STANDARD barrier bodies are already designed for the articulated beam, to be constructed with the articulation kit (max ceiling height 3.20 m).
See Specific Accessories for 615 on the previous page.
• IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed on the beam
profile.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
111
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
Balancing springs for rectangular beams
617
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Automatic electromechanical barrier 230V
for beams up to 7 m
• Irreversible electromechanical barrier
• Standard version equipped with adjustable electronic and mechanical
limit switches
• Easy modification from right hand to left hand
• Solid and sturdy steel body with protective cataphoresis treatment,
polyester powder painted
• Ideal for medium transit passages and control of small, medium,
private and parking areas
• Manual release with a hexagonal key
• Compatible with new round beam equipped with optional integrated lights
• Compatible with current FAAC beams
• Opening and closing deceleration in the final phases for a smooth
movement
• Automatic set-up through self-learning
• Large shaft to facilitate cable routing
• Large internal space to facilitate installation and accessories positioning
• Adjustable rod allowing on site adjustment of the spring
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 617
Model
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Max power
Effective torque
Material
Treatment
Deceleration
Type of beam
Operating ambient temperature
Thermal protection
IP
Weight
Dimensions (LxPxH)
Limit switches
Opening built-in mechanical stops
Release device
617/3
617/4
230V~ 50 Hz
Single-phase, monodirectional
617/6
250 W
60 Nm
380 W
100 Nm
150 Nm
Steel
Anti corrosion cataphoresis treatment + polyester powder painted
Electronical and mechanical - Adjustable
Rectangular - Rectangular with skirt - Rectangular articulated - Round
-20°C ÷ +55°C
140°C
IP44
63 kg
69 kg
360x210x1.085 mm
410x210x1.085 mm
Yes
Yes
External - With an hexagonal key, optional with encoded key
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
3
Ref Q.ty Description of material
2
4
1
A
B
5
Low voltage cabling
1 cable 3x0,50
2 cables 2x0,50
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1,5+T
1 cable 2x1,5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
112
5

1
617/4


1
1
1
1
1
Foundation Plate
Balancing Spring for round beam
1 channel RP 433 SLH plug-in receiver
Securing pocket for round beams
Standard round beam - 5.000 mm length
FAACLIGHT 230V lamp
Key Switch T10
Plastic box for fotoswitch
Pair of FOTOSWITCH Photocells
Aluminium Colums forPhotocells




1

1

2

TOTAL
Item
Code
1046174
00058P1800
6100126
787824
428445
428002
410013
401010001-36
720086
785152
401028
Price
(euro)
840,00
35,00
34,00
59,00
105,00
164,00
37,00
36,00
2,50
77,00
76,00
1.465,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
Use
Opening
time (s)
2.5 s
4s
8s
Beam
length (m)
3m
5m
7m
617/3 BPR
617/4 BPR
617/6 BPR
Use
frequency (%)
50%
50%
60%
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
615 BPR Included
615 BPR Included
615 BPR Included
1046173
1046174
1046176
960,00
840,00
1.100,00
CONTROL UNITS
ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 596/615 BPR
Technical specifications page 150
Skirt kit (*) length 2 m
Skirt kit (*) length 3 m
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Fork support plate
End foot (*)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737621
10,00 each
428441
124,00
428446
183,00
Item code
Price (euro)
00058P1800
35,00
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Support fork
428442
80,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
617
728487
129,00
Item code
Price (euro)
728488
20,50
Notes
ATTENTION: 617/3 do not allow the
installation of any type of accessory
on the beam (i.e. endfoot, skirt)
Reflective strip kit
Kit for connecting round beam
lights
Luminous cord package
containing 11 m (*)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490117
10,50
390081
84,00
390993
89,00
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR 617/4 WITH RECTANGULAR BEAMS ONLY
(*) For use of the skirt kit and/or
end foot, we advise you to select
the most suitable balancing spring
(see relevant table on the following
page).
Articulation kit - max. ceiling
height 3 m (only for standard
rectangular beams)
Item code
Price (euro)
428137
222,00
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
113
617
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
617/3 AND 617/4 RECTANGULAR BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 615 AND 620)
Notes
ATTENTION:
617/3 allows application of "beam only"
NO ACCESSORIES ADMITTED
Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths:
Length
2,315 mm
Item code
428088
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
2,815 mm
Item code
428089
Price (euro)
104,00
Length
3,815 mm
Item code
428090
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4,815 mm
Item code
428091
Price (euro)
124,00
Fastening pocket for rectangular
beams
Rectangular beams
Item code
428342
Price (euro)
41,00
BALANCING SPRINGS
Beam only (m)
2 – 2.7
2.7 – 2.4
3.4 – 4
4 – 4.6
4.6 - 5
Articulated beam (m)
2 – 2.7
2.7 – 3.4
3.4 - 4
Beam + endfoot (m)
Beam + skirt (m)
2 – 2.7
2.7 – 3.4
3.4 – 4
4–5
2 – 2.7
2.7 – 3.4
3.4 – 4
4 – 4.6
4.6 - 5
Item Code
00058F1811
00058F1812
00058F1813
00058F1814
00058F1815
6100126
Price (euro)
19,00
25,00
22,00
23,00
31,00
34,00
617/3 AND 617/4 ROUND "S" BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 615 AND 620)
Notes
ATTENTION:
617/3 allows application of "beam only"
NO ACCESSORIES ADMITTED
Round beams S
(stickers not included)
Length
2.300 mm
Item code
428045
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
3.300 mm
Item code
428042
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4.300 mm
Item code
428043
Price (euro)
140,00
Fastening pocket for round beams
Item code
Price (euro)
428445
105,00
BALANCING SPRINGS
Round +
lights (m)
0 - 2.3
2.31 – 3.3
Round +
endfoot (m)
0 - 2.3
Round+ light
+ endfoot (m)
0 - 2.3
Round+ skirt
(m)
0 - 2.3
Round+ light +
skirt (m)
0 - 2.3
2.31 – 3.3
2.31 – 3.3
2.31 – 3.3
2.31 – 3.3
3.31 – 4.3
3.31 – 4.3
3.31 – 4.3
3.31 – 4.3
3.31 – 4.3
4.31- 5
114
Round+ skirt +
endfoot (m)
Round+ skirt +lights
+ endfoot (m)
0 - 2.3
0 - 2.3
2.31 – 3.3
2.31 – 3.3
3.31 – 4.3
3.31 – 4.3
Item Code
Price (euro)
00058F1811
00058F1812
00058F1813
00058F1814
00058F1815
6100126
19,00
25,00
22,00
23,00
31,00
34,00
Standard rectangular beams
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
617/6 RECTANGULAR BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 640)
Fastening pocket for rectangular
beam
Item code
428154
Price (euro)
93,00
4.000 mm
428061
186,00
5.000 mm
428062
209,00
6.000 mm
428063
250,00
7.000 mm
428064
291,00
BALANCING SPRINGS
Beam only (m)
Beam + endfoot (m)
Beam + skirt (m)
Part number
Price (euro)
4 – 4.8
4.8 – 5.5
5.5 – 6.3
6.3 - 7
4 – 4.8
4.8 – 5.5
5.5 - 6
4 – 4.8
4.8 – 5.5
5.5 - 6
00058F1816
00058F1817
00058F1818
6100024
34,00
35,00
39,00
59,00
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
115
620 Standard
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
Automatic barrier 230V
for beams up to 5 m
• Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block
• The ideal solution for heavy but not continuous traffic
• Electronic deceleration, patented
• The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices
• Automatic, semi-automatic, parking, condo and custom logics
• External release with triangular key.
• Built-in detector, two indipendent channels.
• Bus technology
• New round beam with light support.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 620 STANDARD
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Effective torque
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
1400 r.p.m.
0.75/1 l/min
120°C
0 to 200 / 0 to 150 Nm
Adjustable with cams
-20°C to +55°C
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Paint
Protection class
73 kg
FAAC HP OIL
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment
Polyester RAL 2004
IP 44
rectangular standard - standard
Type of beam
rectangular with skirt - articulated
standard - round - pivoting round - round S
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
350 x 170 x 1080
Thrust capacitor
8 µF 400 V
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3
2
5
1
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
116

1
620 Standard barrier body
with built-in control unit 624 BLD

1



1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Fastening pocket for rectangular
428342
beam
Foundation plate
490058
Rectangular beam 4,815 mm
428091
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
787824
Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
410013
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
785152
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
401028
Key-operated push-button T10
401010001/36
Foundation plates for columns
737630
Plastic container to be walled in
720086
4
5
Item code






TOTAL
see
following
page
Price
(euro)
1.543,00
41,00
84,00
124,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
76,00
36,00
20,00
2,50
2.131,90
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
620 standard LH/RH
620 standard
articulated LH/RH
Use
Opening
time (s)
3.5 (3m)
4.5 (4m)
3.5 (3m)
4.5 (4m)
Beam max.
length (m)
5,00
4,00 (articulated)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Use
frequency (%)
70
Built-in 624 BLD
1.543,00
70
Built-in 624 BLD
See following
table
See following
table
1.586,00
The packages 620 standard include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam (620 STD) - for rectangular articulated beam (620 STD ART.),
hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key.
ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 STANDARD BARRIERS
Model
Beam profile
620
rectangular
standard
620
rectangular
standard with skirt
620 STD
620
S round
620
S round
with skirt
620
pivoting round
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 815 to 1314 mm
620 STD
ARTICULATED
Right barrier
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 1315 to 1814 mm
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 1815 to 2075 mm
Left barrier
Beam length (mm)
1,315 to 2,055
2,065 to 2,555
2,565 to 3,055
3,065 to 3,815
3,825 to 4,815
1,815 to 2,805
2,815 to 3,555
3,565 to 3,815
3,825 to 4,815
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 2,800 mm
2,810 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 3,800 mm
3,810 to 4,300 mm
4,310 to 5,000 mm
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 2,800 mm
2,810 to 3,300 mm
3,310 to 3,800 mm
3,810 to 4,300 mm
4,310 to 5,000 mm
1,500 to 2,240
2,250 to 2,740
2,750 to 3,000
1,315 to 1,815
1,825 to 2,815
2,825 to 3,815
1,825 to 2,815
2,825 to 3,815
LH version code
1046268
1046208
1046278
1046288
1046228
1046208
1046218
1046228
1047508
1046268
1046208
1046278
1046288
1046228
1046228
1046268
1046208
1046218
1046228
1047508
1047508
1046268
1046208
1046278
1047018
1047028
1047038
1047038
1047048
RH version code
1046468
1046408
1046478
1046488
1046428
1046408
1046418
1046428
1047518
1046468
1046408
1046478
1046488
1046428
1046128
1046468
1046408
1046418
1046428
1047508
1047518
1046468
1046408
1046478
1047118
1047128
1047138
1047138
1047148
1,825 to 2,815
1047048
1047148
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 624 BLD
Technical specifications
page 150
Articulation kit - max. ceiling
height 3 m (only for standard
rectangular beams)
Notes
• You can determine right or left barrier version, by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing at
the side). The door usually faces the inside of the property.
IMPORTANT the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety
edges cannot be installed on the beam profile.
• IMPORTANT the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately. Consult
“Specific accessories”
• (*) A = H - 1125 (mm) where H is the floor to ceiling height.
Item code
Price (euro)
428137
222,00
117
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
620 STANDARD
620 Standard
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths:
Length
2.315 mm
Item code
428088
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
2.815 mm
Item code
428089
Price (euro)
104,00
Length
3.815 mm
Item code
428090
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4.815 mm
Item code
428091
Price (euro)
124,00
Pivoting round beams
Fastening pocket for rectangular,
round and pivoting round beams
Fixing pocket for pivoting round
beam - (INOX)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Rectangular beams
Item code
428342
Price (euro)
41,00
Item code
Price (euro)
2.500 mm
428175
196,00
3.000 mm
428176
211,00
End foot for S/L round beam
Support fork for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
428442
80,00
428163
384,00
728487
129,00
Skirt kit
(only for standard rectangular beams)
Length
2.000 mm
Item code
428441
Price (euro)
124,00
Length
3.000 mm
Item code
428446
Price (euro)
183,00
Release lock with
customised key from no. 1 to no. 36
Code from 424641 to 424676
Price (euro)
24,50 each
Additional triangular release key
Break out sensor for pivoting
round beams
Anti-vandal valve (*)
It protects the hydraulic system
if the beam is forced
Anti-panic unit (*)
For manual opening of the beam
in the event of a power cut
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
713002
1,50 each
Fork support plate
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737621
10,00 each
ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES
390828
56,00
401066
136,00
Notes
• (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier.
• (**) For correct balancing, installing a foot on a beam and on a beam with skirt, entails selecting a barrier housing
for beam lengths of over 0.5 m.
118
490058
84,00
401051
310,00
Round beams S
(stickers not included)
Length
2.300 mm
Item code
428045
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
3.300 mm
Item code
428042
Price (euro)
114,00
Length
4.300 mm
Item code
428043
Price (euro)
140,00
Length
5.000 mm
Item code
428002
Price (euro)
164,00
Fastening pocket for S 615/620
round beams
Item code
428445
Price (euro)
105,00
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Reflective strip kit
Kit for connecting S/L
round beam lights (**)
Luminous cord package
containing 11 m
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
728488
20,50
490117
10,50
2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam
3 m skirt kit for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
428441
124,00
End foot for S/L round beam (*)
Support fork for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
428442
80,00
390992
20,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
728487
129,00
390993
89,00
428446
183,00
Notes
• (*) For correct balancing, the installation of a foot on a beam with skirt requires a barrier housing for beam lengths greater than 0.5 m.
• (**) For correct balancing, the installation of lights on a beam and on a beam with skirt, for lengths greater than 2,800 mm requires a barrier housing
for beam lengths greater than 0.5 m.
N.B. In case of beam with foot, consider 1 m (0.5 lights + 0.5 foot).
119
620 Rapid
CONDOMINIUM
PARKING
Automatic barrier 230V
for beams up to 4 m
• Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block
• The ideal solution for heavy traffic
• Electronic deceleration, patented
• The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices
• Automatic, semi-automatic, parking logics
• External release with triangular key.
• Built-in detector, two indipendent channels.
• Bus technology.
• New round beam with light support.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 620 RAPID
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Effective torque
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
1400 - 2800 r.p.m.
1.5/2 l/min
120°C
0÷100 / 0÷80 Nm
Adjustable with cams
-20°C to +55°C
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Paint
Protection class
Cooling
73 kg
FAAC HP OIL
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment
Polyester RAL 2004
IP 44
Forced air
standard rect. - standard articulated rect. - round
Type of beam
- pivoting round - S round
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
350 x 170 x 1080
Thrust capacitor
8 µF 400 V
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3
2
5
1
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
120
4
5
Item code

1
620 Rapid barrier body
with built-in control unit 624 BLD

1



1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Fastening pocket for rectangular
428342
beams
Foundation plate
490058
Rectangular beam 3,815 mm
428090
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
787824
Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
410013
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
785152
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
401028
Key-operated push-button T10
401010001/36
Foundation plates for columns
737630
Plastic container to be walled in
720086






TOTAL
see
following
page
Price
(euro)
1,641.10
41,00
84,00
114,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
76,00
36,00
20,00
2,50
2.222,60
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
620 rapid
LH/RH STD
620 rapid
articulated LH/RH
Use
Opening
time (s)
2 (3m)
3 (4m)
3
Beam max.
length (m)
4.00
3.00 (articulated)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Use
frequency (%)
Continuous duty
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
1.690,00
Continuous duty
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
1.731,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
620 RAPID
The packages 620 rapid include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam (620 RAP.) - for rectangular articulated beam (620 RAP. ART.),
hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key.
ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 RAPID BARRIER
Model
Beam profile
620
standard
rectangular
620
RAPID
620
round S
620
pivoting round
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 815 to 1314 mm
620 RAPID
ARTICULATED
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 1315 to 1814 mm
Beam length (mm)
1,315 to 2,055
2,065 to 2,555
2,565 to 3,055
3,065 to 3,815
0 to 2,300 mm
2,310 to 2,800 mm
2,810 to 3,300 mm
1,500 to 2,240
2,250 to 2,740
2,750 to 3,000
1,315 to 1,815
1,825 to 2,815
1,825 to 2,815
LH version code
1046328
1046338
1046348
1046358
1046328
1046338
1046348
1046328
1046338
1046348
1047208
1047218
1047228
RH version code
1046528
1046538
1046548
1046558
1046528
1046538
1046548
1046528
1046538
1046548
1047308
1047318
1047328
1,825 to 2,815
1047238
1047338
620 rectangular articulated
A(*) = 1815 to 2075 mm
Notes
• IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case
and must be ordered separately (Specific accessories).
• (*) A = H - 1.125 mm where H is the floor to ceiling height.
• You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the
barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces
the inside of the property.
• IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed
on the beam profile.
• A skirt kit and/or end foot cannot be installed on a round beam.
Right barrier
Left barrier
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 624 BLD
Technical specifications page 150
Articulation kit - max. ceiling
height 3 m (only for standard
rectangular beams)
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
428137
222,00
490058
84,00
121
620 Rapid
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Standard rectangular beams
Pivoting round beams
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
2.315 mm
428088
94,00
2.815 mm
428089
104,00
3.815 mm
428090
114,00
2.500 mm
428175
196,00
3.000 mm
428176
211,00
Fastening pocket for rectangular,
round and pivoting round beams
Rectangular beams
Item code
428342
Price (euro)
41,00
(INOX) Pivoting round beams
Item code
428163
Price (euro)
384,00
Release lock with
customised key from no. 1 to no. 36
Additional triangular release key
Support fork for S/L round beam
Fork support plate
Code from 424641 to 424676
Price (euro)
24,50 each
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
713002
1,50 each
728487
129,00
737621
10,00 each
ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES
Anti-vandal valve (*)
It protects the hydraulic system
if the beam is forced
Anti-panic unit (*)
For manual opening of the beam
in the event of a power cut
Break out sensor for pivoting
round beams
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401066
136,00
401051
310,00
Notes
• (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier.
122
390828
56,00
728488
20,50
Round beams S
(stickers not included)
Length
2,300 mm
Item code
428045
Price (euro)
94,00
Length
3,300 mm
Item code
428042
Price (euro)
114,00
Fastening pocket for S 615/620
round beams
Item code
428445
Price (euro)
105,00
Support fork for S/L round beam
Reflective strip kit
Kit for connecting
S/L round beam lights (*)
Luminous cord package
containing 11 m
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
490117
10,50
390992
20,00
Item code
Price (euro)
728487
129,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Item code
728488
Price (euro)
20,50
390993
89,00
Notes
• (*) For correct balancing, the installation of lights on a beam for lengths greater than 2,800 mm requires a barrier housing for beam lengths greater
than 0.5 m.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
123
620 TT
Automatic barrier 230V
for beams up to 3 m
• Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block
• The ideal solution for heavy but not continuous traffic
• Electronic deceleration, patented
• The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices
• Automatic, semi-automatic, parking, condo and custom logics
• External release with triangular key.
• Integrated metallic mass detector
Bus technology
DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
OF 620
STANDARD
LH/RH
DIMENSIONI EAND
CARATTERISTICHE
TECNICHE DOMO
LINK
B7 con batteria
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump capacity
Thermal protection on motor winding
Effective torque
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Paint
Protection class
Cooling
Type of beam
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Thrust capacitor
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
2800 r.p.m.
3,0 l/min
120 °C
0-200 / 0-150 Nm
Adjustable with cams
-20 °C to +55 °C
73 kg
HP OIL
Cataphoresis
Polyester RAL 2004
IP 44
Forced air
rectangular standard- pivoting round
350 x 170 x 1080
8 µF 400 V
TYPICAL
EXAMPLE
ESEMPIOINSTALLATION
SCHEMA D’INSTALLAZIONE
TIPO
Ref. Q.ty Description
3
2
5
1
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230 V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
124

1

1



1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5



TOTAL
Item code
620 barrier with built-in
104654866
control unit 624 BLD
Fastening pocket for rectangular
428342
beams
Foundation plate
490058
Rectangular beam 2815 mm
428089
Receiver board RP433SLH
787824
Two-channels transmitter XT2433 SLH LR
787007
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
410013
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
401028
Key-operated push-button T10
401010001/36
Price
(euro)
1.731,00
41,00
84,00
104,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
38,00
36,00
2.165,00
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices
(i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN
12445 and 12453 European Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the
expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Use
Opening
time (s)
1,4
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Use
frequency (%)
100
built-in 624 BLD
104653866
1.731,00
620 TT RH rectangular
RH pivoting round
Beam max.
length (m)
2 m - 2,5 m
2,25 m - 2,74 m
620 TT LH rectangular
LH pivoting round
2 m - 2,5 m
2,25 m - 2,74 m
1,4
100
built-in 624 BLD
104633866
1.731,00
2,75 m - 3 m
3m
1,4
100
built-in 624 BLD
104654866
1.731,00
620 TT RH pivoting round
RH rectangular
The packages 620TT include: barrier body for rectangular / pivoting round beam, hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key.
Notes
• IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case
and must be ordered separately. Consult “specific accessories”.
You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier
from the door side (see drawing above).
The door usually faces the inside of the property.
Right barrier
Left barrier
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
490058
84,00
Rectangular beams standard
Pivoting round beams
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
2,815 mm
428089
104,00
2,315 mm
428088
94,00
3,000 mm
428176
211,00
2,500 mm
428175
196,00
Fastening pocket for rectangular,
round and pivoting round beams
Rectangular beams
Item code
428342
Price (euro)
41,00
Pivoting round beams (INOX)
Item code
428163
Price (euro)
384,00
CONTROL UNITS
Built-in control board 624 BLD
Technical specifications page 150
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
125
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
Model
620 SR
INDUSTRIAL
PARKING
Automatic barrier 230V
for beams up to 3 m
• Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block
• External release system with triangular key
• Adjustable hydraulic deceleration
• Carrying housing in steel with cataphoresis treatment
and polyester paint (STD models)
or stainless steel AISI 316 L (inox models).
• Built-in detector, two indipendent channels.
• Bus technology.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 620 SR
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
2800 r.p.m.
3 l/min
130°C
Adjustable with cams
-20°C to +55°C
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Paint
Protection class
Cooling
80 kg
FAAC HP OIL
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment
Polyester RAL 2004/inox
IP 44
Forced air
rectangular - round
Type of beam
- pivoting round
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
380 x 200 x 1080
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3
2
5
1
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
126

1
620 SR barrier body with built-in control unit
624 BLD

1



1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Fastening pocket for rectangular
beams
Foundation plate
Rectangular beam 2,815 mm
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
Key-operated push-button T10
Foundation plates for columns
Plastic container to be walled in
4
5






TOTAL
Item code
see
following
page
428344
490059
428089
787824
787007
410013
785152
401028
401010001/36
737630
720086
Price
(euro)
2.233,00
50,00
91,00
104,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
76,00
36,00
20,00
2,50
2.820,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
Model
620 SR LH/RH
(0,8/0,8 s) STD
620 SR LH/RH
(0,8/2,2 s) STD
620 SR LH/RH
(0,8/0,8 s) INOX
620 SR LH/RH
(0,8/2,2 s) INOX
Use
Opening
time (s)
0,8/0,8
Price (euro)
Use
frequency (%)
Continuous duty
Control
unit
Item code
Beam max.
length (m)
2.815
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
2.233,00
2.815
0,8/2,2
Continuous duty
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
2.339,00
2.815
0,8/0,8
Continuous duty
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
3.340,00
2.815
0,8/2,2
Continuous duty
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
3.523,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
620 SR
The packages 620 SR include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam - for rectangular articulated beam, hydraulic drive transmission
system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key.
ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 SR BARRIER
Model
620 SR
(0,8/0,8 s)
STANDARD
620 SR
(0,8/2,2 s)
STANDARD
620 SR
(0,8/0,8 s)
INOX
620 SR
(0,8/2,2 s)
INOX
Beam profile
620
rectangular
620 pivoting round
620
rectangular
620 pivoting round
620
rectangular
620 pivoting round
620
rectangular
620 pivoting round
Beam length (mm)
2.065 to 2.305
2.315 to 2.815
2.250 to 3.000
2.250 to 2.490
2.500 to 3.000
2.250 to 3.000
2.065 to 2.305
2.315 to 2.815
2.250 to 3.000
2.065 to 2.305
2.315 to 2.815
2.250 to 3.000
LH version code
104781
104780
104781
104791
104790
104791
104821
104820
104821
104831
104830
104831
RH version code
104761
104760
104761
104771
104770
104771
104801
104800
104801
104811
104810
104811
Notes
• IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case
and must be ordered separately (Specific accessories).
• (*) A = H - 1125 mm where H is the floor to ceiling height.
• You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the
barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces
the inside of the property.
• IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed
on the beam profile.
• A skirt kit and/or end foot cannot be installed on a round beam.
Right barrier
Left barrier
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 624 BLD
Technical specifications page 150
Foundation plate
Item code
Price (euro)
490059
91,00
127
620 SR
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Standard rectangular beams
Pivoting round beams
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
2,315 mm
428088
94,00
2,815 mm
428089
104,00
2,500 mm
428175
196,00
3,000 mm
428176
211,00
Fastening pocket for rectangular,
round and pivoting round beams
Rectangular beams
Item code
428344
Price (euro)
50,00
(INOX) Pivoting round beams
Item code
428163
Price (euro)
384,00
Release lock with
customised key from no. 1 to no. 36
Additional triangular release key
Support fork for S/L round beam
Fork support plate
Code from 424641 to 424676
Price (euro)
24,50 each
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
713002
1,50 each
728487
129,00
737621
10,00 each
ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES
Anti-vandal valve (*)
It protects the hydraulic system
if the beam is forced
Anti-panic unit (*)
For manual opening of the beam
in the event of a power cut
Break out sensor for pivoting
round beams
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401066
136,00
401051
310,00
390828
56,00
728488
20,50
Notes
• (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 166
128
Photocells
and Columns
page 170
Safety
devices
page 174
Flashing lamps
page 175
Transmitters
page 160
Various
accessories
page 176
640
INDUSTRIAL
Automatic barrier 230V
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
for beams up to 7 m
• Hydraulic with opening and closing block
• External release with triangular key
• The right solution for large industrial accesses, with particularly demanding use
• Electronic deceleration, patented
• The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices.
• Built-in detector, two indipendent channels.
• Bus technology.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 640
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Thermal protection on motor winding
Effective torque
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
single-phase, bi-directional
220 W
1A
1400 - 2800 r.p.m.
0.75 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 l/min
120°C
0÷470/0÷340/0÷250/0÷210 Nm
Adjustable with cams
-20°C to +55°C
Weight
84 kg
Type of oil
FAAC HP OIL
Barrier body treatment
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment
Paint
Polyester RAL 2004
Protection class
IP 44
Cooling
Forced air
Type of beam
rectangular - rectangular with skirt
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
380 x 200 x 1080
Thrust capacitor
8 µF 400 V
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3
2
5
1
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
1 cable 2x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
1 cable 2x1.5
N.B: Cable sections in mm2

1
640 barrier body with built-in
control unit 624 BLD

1




1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
Fastening pocket for rectangular
beams
Foundation plate
490059
Support fork
722633
Rigid beam 7 m
428064
Receiver board RP 433 SLH
787824
Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR
787007
Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT
410013
Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH
785152
Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH
401028
Key-operated push-button T10
401010001/36
Foundation plates for columns
737630
Support plate for fork
737621
Plastic container to be walled in
720086
4
5
Item code







TOTAL
see
following
page
428154
Price
(euro)
1.800,00
93,00
91,00
131,00
291,00
59,00
35,00
37,00
77,00
76,00
36,00
20,00
10,00
2,50
2.758,50
Notes
ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active
or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific
“risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European
Standards).
• The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses
for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations.
129
640
INDUSTRIAL
640
Model
Use
Opening
time (s)
4 (5m)
Beam max.
length (m)
7,00
640 LH/RH
Use
frequency (%)
Continuous duty
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Built-in 624 BLD
See following table
1.800,00
The packages 640 include: barrier body, hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key.
ORDER CODES TABLE FOR BARRIER 640
Model
Beam profile
Beam length (mm)
3.750 to 4.240
4.250 to 5.240
5.250 to 6.740
6.750 to 7.000
3.750 to 4.740
4.750 to 5.240
5.250 to 5.740
5.750 to 7.000
640
rectangular
640
640
rectangular with skirt
LH version code
1046828
1046838
1046848
1046858
1046898
1046908
1046858
1046918
RH version code
1046608
1046618
1046628
1046638
1046688
1046698
1046638
1046708
Notes
• IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case
and must be ordered separately. Consult “specific accessories”.
You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier
from the door side (see drawing above).
The door usually faces the inside of the property.
Right barrier
Left barrier
CONTROL UNITS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Built-in control board 624 BLD
Technical specifications page 150
Skirt kit (*) length 2 m
(only for standard rectangular
beams)
Skirt kit (*) length 3 m
(only for standard rectangular
beams)
Fastening pocket for rectangular
beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
130
428441
124,00
428446
183,00
428154
93,00
Foundation plate
Standard rectangular beams
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
4.000 mm
428061
186,00
5.000 mm
428062
209,00
6.000 mm
428063
250,00
7.000 mm
428064
291,00
Item code
Price (euro)
490059
91,00
Support fork for S/L round beam
Fork support plate
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
728487
129,00
737621
10,00 each
Release lock with
customised key from no. 1 to no. 36
Additional triangular release key
End foot for S/L round beam
Code from 424681 al 424716
Price (euro)
24,50 each
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
713002
1,50 each
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
428442
80,00
ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES
Anti-vandal valve (*)
It protects the hydraulic system
if the beam is forced
Anti-panic unit (*)
For manual opening of the beam
in the event of a power cut
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401066
136,00
401051
310,00
Notes
• (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier.
• (**) For correct balancing, installing a foot on a standard rectangular beam and on a standard rectangular beam with skirt, entails selecting a barrier
housing for beam lengths of over 0.5 m.
OTHER ACCESSORIES
Key-operated
push‑buttons
page 162
Photocells
and Columns
page 167
Safety
devices
page 168
Flashing lamps
page 170
Transmitters
page 156
Various
accessories
page 171
131
B680H
RESIDENTIAL INDUSTRIAL
CONDOMINIUM
PARKING
Hybrid automatic barrier 24V
for beams measuring 2 to 8 m
•Hybrid technology: Hydraulic + Brushless motor
•Barrier with "unlimited" springs: over 2,000,000 continuous use cycles without
special maintenance
•Extreme logistics optimisation: only one barrier model and two springs
for sectional beams measuring 2 to 8 m, right or left version and for
different speeds
•Removable housing available in 4 colours or stainless steel
•High opening speed (selectable electronically): from 1.5 seconds
for 2 m gateways up to 6 seconds for 8 m gateways.
•Easy-to-program and technologically advanced control unit:
Integrated encoder (with reverse in the event of obstacle),
two integrated Loop Detectors, assorted Master/Slave
logics and management (opposing barriers)
•Integrated flashing LED traffic light with anti-vandalism
system and LED lights for beam (accessories)
•Compatible with 620 and 640 foundation plate
(Retrofit)
TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
4
Ref. Q.ty Description of material
3
2
1
6
A
B
Low voltage cabling
3 cables 3x0.5
Power cabling (230V)
1 cable 2x1.5+T
N.B: Cable sections in mm2
5
6

1
B680 barrier body
with built-in
E680 control unit







Ž
Ž

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RAL 3020 Red cabinet
416016
Foundation plate
490139
L pocket and balance spring
428437
L coupling
428616
Initial beam L 4 m
428048
Final beam L 4.3 m
428051
Integrated flashing traffic light
410022
Beam light connection kit
390992
LED luminous cord package containing 11 m
390993
RP 433 SLH receiver board
787824
XT2433 SLH LR two-channel transmitter
787007
XP 20 B D photocell pair
785103
Aluminium columns
401039
(maximum height 628 mm)
Found. plate columns
737637
T10 key button
401010001/36
Support fork for beams S/L
728487
Fork support plate
737621
Reflective strip kit
490117

‘
‘

TOTAL
132
Item code
1
1
1
1
1
104680
Price
(euro)
1.391,00
402,00
84,00
341,00
41,00
194,00
197,00
122,00
20,00
89,00
59,00
35,00
74,00
30,00
6,00
36,00
129,00
10,00
10,50
3.270,50
Model
Upright B680H
Beam
length (m)
From 2.3 m to 8.3 m
Use
Opening
time (s)
From 1.5 s (2 m)
to 6 s (8 m)
Use
frequency (%)
Continuous (100%)
Control
unit
Item code
Price (euro)
Built-in E680
104680
1.391,00
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
B680H from 2 m to 8 m
The B680H upright package includes: barrier upright with control unit and absolute encoder, hydraulic motion transmission system, accessories for
installation, triangular release key.
It DOES NOT include the pocket and balance spring (sold together under another part nr.).
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS B680H
Power supply voltage
Electric motor
Absorbed power
Absorbed current
Motor rotation speed
Pump flow rate
Electronic deceleration
Operating ambient temperature
Weight
Type of oil
Barrier body treatment
Protection class
Type of beam
Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm
Switching: 100 to 240 Vac 50 (60) Hz
Brushless 36 Vdc
240 W
1.1 A (a 230 V)
1,000 to 6,000 r.p.m.
3,2 l/min (max)
Absolute magnetic encoder
-20°C to +55°C'
85 kg (65 kg upright + 20 kg housing)
FAAC HP OIL
100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment + paint
IP56 (TÜV certified)
Round with safety edge and designed to fit lights
469x279x1100 (see drawing )
Lmin 2.000 mm (beam 2.300 mm)
Lmin 8.000 mm (beam 8.300 mm)
436 mm
900 mm
1.100 mm
300 mm
469 mm
CONTROL UNITS
Built-in E680
electronic board
Technical specifications page 151
RAL 9006 Grey housing
Item code
416019
Price (euro 402,00
279 mm
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
RAL 3020 Red housing
RAL 5011 Blue housing
RAL 9010 White housing
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
416016
402,00
416017
402,00
416018
402,00
RAL 9006 stainless steel
housing
Item code
416020
Price (euro)
1.391,00
133
B680H
RESIDENTIAL INDUSTRIAL
CONDOMINIUM
PARKING
S: UP TO 5 m PASSAGE (5.3 m BEAM)
Accessories for S round beams depending on net gateway clearance
up to 4.5 m
from 4.5 to 5 m
from 4.5 to 5 m sectional (with coupling)
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Lights
X
X
Skirt
X
Foot
X
• All beams are supplied with protective rubber on the bottom side and designed to fit lights on the
top side. Reflective strips are not included.
• The beam profiles feature an elliptic section for operation even in windy areas.
• The sectional beam coupling is invisible once it is installed.
S pocket and balance spring
Item code
Price (euro)
428436
168,00
One-piece S beams
Model
One-piece S Beam 2.3 m
One-piece Beam 3.3 m
One-piece Beam 4.3 m
One-piece Beam 5.3 m
Item code
428045
428042
428043
428044
Price (euro)
94,00
114,00
140,00
167,00
Model
S coupling
Initial S Beam 2.3 m
Initial S Beam 3.3 m
Final S beam 2 m
Item code
428615
428045
428042
428046
Price (euro)
29,50
94,00
114,00
81,00
Sectional S beams
L: FROM 5 TO 8 m PASSAGE (8.3 m BEAM)
Accessories for L round beams depending on net gateway
clearance
from 5 m to 7 m
from 7 m to 7.5 m
from 7.5 m to 8 m
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
Lights
Skirt
Foot
X
X
X
X
X (without foot)
X
X (without skirt)
X
• All beams are supplied with protective rubber on the bottom side and designed to fit lights on the
top side. Reflective strips are not included.
• The beam profiles feature an elliptic section for operation even in windy areas.
• The sectional beam coupling is invisible once it is installed.
L pocket and balancing spring
Item code
Price (euro)
428437
341,00
One-piece L beams
Model
One-piece Beam L 5.3 m
Item code
428047
Price (euro)
222,00
Sectional L beams
Model
Upright L
Initial L Beam 4 m
Final L Beam 2.3 m
Final L Beam 3.3 m
Final L Beam 4.3 m
134
Item code
428616
428048
428049
428050
428051
Price (euro)
41,00
194,00
131,00
167,00
197,00
Pivoting round beams
Stainless steel pocket for pivoting
round beams (S spring required)
Foundation plate
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
2,500 mm
428175
196,00
3,000 mm
428176
211,00
428163
384,00
Integrated flashing traffic light *
490139
84,00
Item code
Price (euro)
410022
122,00
Spring S
(for pivoting round beams)
Item code
63000169
Price (euro)
135,00
Kit for connecting S/L
round beam lights
Package containing 11 m LED
luminous cord
2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam
End foot for S/L round beam
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
390992
20,00
390993
89,00
428441
124,00
428442
80,00
Fork support plate
Support fork for S/L round beam
Adjusting screw for S/L round
beam support fork
Articulated beam kit for S round
beam (max 4 m)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
737621
10,00 each
AUTOMATIC BARRIERS
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
728487
129,00
728488
20,50
428444
409,00
XBAT connection kit
Item code
Price (euro)
390080
27,00
Additional triangular release key
(10 pcs package)
XBAT 24 emergency battery kit
Skirt kit
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Length
Item code
Price (euro)
713002
1,50 each
390923
93,00
Reflective strip kit
3,000 mm
428446
183,00
Item code
Price (euro)
490117
10,50
ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES
Release lock with
customised key from no. 1 to no. 36
Item code from 71209101 to 71209136
Price (euro)
16,50 each
Anti-vandal valve per B680H (**)
It protects the hydraulic system
if the beam is forced
Anti-panic unit (**)
For manual opening of the beam
in the event of a power cut
Break out sensor for pivoting
round beams
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
Item code
Price (euro)
401069
133,00
401051
310,00
390828
56,00
Notes
• (*) It is also possible to connect the FAACLED 24V external flashing light, see pg. 170
• (**) the anti-panic and anti-vandalism valve cannot be used on the same barrier.
135
Electronic control units
ProductPag.
• E045140
• E145141
• E024S142
• E 124
143
• 740 D
144
• E 721
144
• 780 D
145
• 844 T
146
• 884 T
146
• E850147
• E 600-E 700HS-E 1000
148
148
• 540 BPR
• 200 MPS
149
• E 550
149
• 596 / 615 BPR
150
• 624 BLD
150
• E 680
151
• JE275152
• SAFEcoder153
• Enclosures153
Electronic
control units
Table of boards
TYPE OF APPLICATION
Board
Motor power supply
Programming
SWING LEAF
E045
E145
E 024 S
E 124
230 Vac
230 Vac
24Vdc
24Vdc
Via display LCD or
with PC/MAC
Via
microswitches
Via display LCD or
with PC/MAC
Via display
Function logics “automatic – semiautomatic”
YES
YES
YES
YES
Function logics “dead-man”
YES
YES
YES
YES
Function logics “customisable”
NO
YES
NO
YES
Opening and closing safety devices
YES
YES
YES
YES
Function logics of safety devices
YES
YES
NO
YES
Free leaf / partial opening
YES
YES
YES
YES
12 Vac electric lock (opening and/or closing)
YES
YES
YES
YES
12 Vdc electric lock (opening and/or closing)
NO
YES
YES (24 Vdc)
YES (24 Vdc)
Indicator light
YES
YES
NO
YES
Courtesy light or timed contact
NO
YES
YES
YES
Opening and closing limit switches
NO
YES
NO
YES
Timed deceleration
YES
YES
YES
YES
Electronic obstacle detection
YES (with SAFEcoder)
YES (with SAFEcoder)
YES
YES
Deceleration with “reading” of gate position
YES (with SAFEcoder)
YES (with SAFEcoder)
YES
YES
“Timer” function
YES
YES
YES
YES
Possibility of closing leaf delay
YES
YES
YES
YES
Possibility of opening leaf delay
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Led/Display
Led /Display/PC
Led
Led /Display/PC
Diagnostics
YES
YES (advanced)
NO
YES (advanced)
Learning cycle of opening and closing positions
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operators test
YES
YES
NO
YES
Pre-flashing (5 s)
YES
YES (adjustable)
YES
YES (adjustable)
Cycle count
NO
YES
NO
YES
Service request
NO
YES
NO
YES
Programming via PC/MAC
NO
YES
NO
YES
2 easy – bus
YES
YES
YES
YES
Omnidec
YES
YES
YES
YES
Connector input (X-com, Net-com, G-com, Wi-com)
NO
YES
NO
YES
Programmable inputs / outputs
NO
YES (In da PC / Out)
NO
YES (In da PC / Out)
Master/Slave function
NO
YES
NO
NO
Integrated programmable timer
NO
NO
NO
NO
Torque adjustment (separate for each motor)
Fail safe (photocell automatic test)
Inputs status signalling
in gray boards wich are no longer available
138
BARRIERS
BOLLARDS
740D 578D 780D
E721
624 BLD
E680
JE275
230 Vac
24V
230 Vac
36 Vdc
230V~
Via display
Via display
Via display
Via display LCD
Via display LCD
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Only closing
Only closing
Only closing
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
Encoder
YES
YES
YES
YES
Encoder
YES
Encoder
YES
NO
Encoder
NO
Encoder
YES
NO
Encoder
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Led
Led
Led
Led
Led
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES (adjustable)
YES (adjustable)
YES (adjustable)
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES (Out)
YES (Out)
YES (Out)
YES (Out)
YES (Out)
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
SLIDING GATE
139
E045
Model
Item code
price €
790005
182,00
Control unit E045
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage 230VAC ±15% 50/60 Hz
Power Supply voltage
4W Stand by
Absorbed Power
800W
Motor max.Load
Accessories max.load
500mA 24VDC - 500mA BUS 2-easy
Elctric Lock max. load
lock FAAC (12VAC - 24VDC)
-20°C +55°C
Operating ambient temperature
1 (2,5A)
Protection fuses
Terminal board inputs
Open/open pedestrian leaf/stop (closed)/BUS 2-easy/power supply +ground
Terminal board outputs
Flashing / engine / accessory power supply 24VDC /
Indicator light 24VDC/electric lock power supply 12VAC
XF 433/868 module for OMNIDEC, USB DECODING
Rapid connector
LED display and buttons
Programming
Via display and led
Status signalling
The E045 control board can manage one or two motors
FUNCTIONS (PROGRAMMING BY DISPLAY AND PUSH-BUTTONS)
Basic Programming
Function logics
Pause time
Motor numbers
Thrust power
Encoder use
Closing leaf time
Devices
Motor Power
Working time learning
Semiautomatic / Automatic / Semi-automatic step-by-step / step-by-step Auto / Auto Security stepper /
Semi-automatic B / C Deadman
Programmable (from 0 to 9 min 50 sec)
Selectable
Adjustable over 50 levels for each motor independently
Selectable
Programmable (from 0 to 1 min 30 sec)
Selectable
1 and 2 (independently)
Simple self-learning (max 4 min and 10 sec).
Recognition of the work time and slowdown of the two leaves with just one complete cycle of work)
Trough absolute encoder SAFEcoder open/closed/slowdown positions are learned
Advanced Programming
Reversing stroke and ram stroke
Opening delay
Selectable (to facilitate the release and the electric coupling)
Selectable
Leaf 1 deceleration
Programmable, Percentage of Total Travel (0% to 99%)
Leaf 2 deceleration
Programmable, Percentage of Total Travel (0% to 99%)
Pre-Flashing
Anti-crushing sensitivity
Mechanical stop search angle
Programmable if the ENCODER if present (10 levels)
Selectable if ENCODER is present
File management through USB
Board software Upgrade
Selectable
Board configuration Upload
Selectable
Radio codes list Upload
Selectable
Configuration Download to board
Selectable
Radio codes Download to board
Selectable
140
E145
Item Code
790006
price €
252,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply voltage
Absorbed Power
Motor max.Load
Accessories max.load
Elctric Lock max. load
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
SMPS from 90VAC to 260VAC 50/60 Hz
4W Stand by (2W with “sleep mode”)
800W
500mA 24VDC - 500mA BUS 2-easy
FAAC Lock (12VAC – 24VDC) - not FAAC 24VDC-500mA
-20°C +55°C
1 (10A)
Terminal board inputs
Open/open pedestrian leaf/stop (closed)/BUS 2-easy/safety in opening/ safety
in closing/Power+Earth/opening and closing limit switch
Terminal board outputs
Flashing lamp/motors/ 24VDC power supply accessories/2 programmable OUTPUTS
(default: indicator light and fail-safe)/2 electric locks
Rapid connector
Programming
Status signalling
XF 433/868 Module for OMNIDEC decoding/Connector for DECODER/minidec/RP,USB-A, USB-B, X-COM
LCD Display and buttons, by means of PC/MAC through USB-B connection or X-COM module
LCD Display and led
E145 control board can control one or two swing-leaf gate operators, or one sliding gate operator, or mixed swing-sliding gate installations
FUNCTIONS (PROGRAMMING BY DISPLAY AND PUSH-BUTTONS)
Basic Programming
Operator models
Function logics
Pause time
Motor numbers
Thrust power
Encoder use
Limit switch
Opening leaf delay
BUS 2-Easy devices
Motor Power
Working time learning
Advanced Programming
Maximum torque at initial thrust
Reversing stroke and ram stroke
Leaf delay in opening
Leaf 1 deceleration
Leaf 1 deceleration
Radio code memory
Pre-Flashing
Photocell in closing
ADMAP Function
Anti-crushing sensitivity
Mechanical stop search angle
Additional working time
OUT 1 and OUT2 Programming
Cycle count
Service request
X-COM Module
File management through USB-A
Board software Upgrade
Board configuration Upgrade
Timer configuration Upgrade
Radio codes list Upgrade
Board configuration Download
Board timer Download
Board radio codes Download
Selectable (swing, sliding, mixed swing – sliding installation)
Semiautomatic / “stepped” Semiautomatic /Safety Automatic/ Automatic with reverse in pause
/“stepped” Automatic / Safety Automatic ”stepped” /Automatic /Automatic 1 / Automatic with timer
function / Semiautomatic B / Mixed (AP with pulse/CH with “dead-man”)/ deadman C /Custom (PC/MAC)
Independently programmable after total or partial opening (from 0 to 9 min 50 sec)
Selectable
adjustable on 50 levels per each motor independently
Selectable
Limit switch works independently in opening and closing
Programmable (from 0 to 1 min 30 sec)
Selectable
1 and 2 (independently)
Easy self-learning (max 4 min and 10 sec). self-learning working time and deceleration of two leaves in
one complete working cycle only) with absolute SAFEcoder encoder the open/closed/decelaration
positions are kept in memory)
Selectable
Independently selectable (facilitating the coupling and uncoupling of the electric lock)
Selectable
Programmable, percentage of the total running (from 0% to 99%)
Programmable, percentage of the total running (from 0% to 99%)
Number of radio codes programmed on OMINIDEC through XF Module visualization
Selectable Function
Selectable
Programmable if the ENCODER is present (10 levels)
Selectable if the ENCODER is present
Selectable (if ENCODERS or limit switches are not present)
Independently selectable (17 status each)
Selectable (upgrade of a "countdown" - max setting 99.000 cycles)
Selectable (in case you reach the programmed number of cycles the system
activates a 8 sec pre-flashing before making any movement)
Reset and X-COM Module configuration
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
PC/MAC connection for programming through EASYBOARD software (free download from FAAC website www.faacgroup.com)
Allows people to set the control board, to check the working status both of the board and the connected peripheral accessories, to set the timer function (working logic
function related to timing), do the upgrade and download directly from PC/MAC without external devices, protect through password the control board program settings.
141
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Model
Control Unit E145
E024S
Model
Control unit E 024S (ENCLOSURE PLASTIC BOX INCLUDED)
Item code
790286
price €
197,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories max. current (+24 V)
BUS accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time (time-out)
Pause time
Terminal board inputs
Connector inputs
Terminal board outputs
Programmable functions
Learning functions
Integrated radio channels type
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 Hz
4W
150 W x 2
250 mA
400 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
F1 = self-resetting; - F2 = T2A-250V
EP, A
5 minutes (fixed)
Varies according to learning (max. 10 min.)
Open A, Open B, Stop, BUS (I/O)
Battery power supply - module XF 433 or XF 868
Motors, flashing lamps, power supply to accessories, electric lock, service light contact (90 s. fixed)
Logic (A, E, AP, EP, A1, B, C), speed (high/low)*
Pause time, leaf 2 delay at Closing
DS, SLH, RC/LC (max. 250 channels)
* Motor types (391, S418, 413, 415, 390, 770, S700H, S450H); anti-wind, reverse stroke, soft touch, pre-flashing, opening/closing leaf delay, pause time
142
E 124
Control unit E124 (ENCLOSURE PLASTIC BOX INCLUDED)
Item code
790284
price €
307,00
TECNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. current
Accessory power supply
Accessory max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz
4 W Stand-by approx 400 W max.
7A
24 Vdc
500 mA 24 Vdc - 500 mA BUS - 2 Easy
-20°C to +55°C
Self-resetting
Automatic (A), Semiautomatic (E), Automatic 1 (A1). "Stepped" automatic (AP), Dead man (C), Automatic safety
Function logics
(S), Stepped safety (SP), “Stepped” semiautomatic (EP)
Semiautomatic B (B), Mixed logic (BC), Custom (customisable, programmable by the installer via PC)
Work time
Programmable (from 0 to 10 min.)
Pause time
Programmable (from 0 to 10 min.)
Motor power
Adjustable on 50 levels
BUS 2 Easy, inputs completely programmable via PC (open A, open B, close, priority open, priority close,
Inputs
emergency close, emergency open, stop, safety device at opening, safety device at closure) Inputs for 4
limits switches (open, close, motor 1/motor 2), connection inputs for 2 motors, encoders
Outputs
2 programmable multifunction outputs
Rapid connectors
OMNIDEC (XF433 or XF868), X-COM, 5 pin board connection for Minidec, decoder, RP/RP2 receiver
Programming
3 keys (+, -, F) and LCD display, via PC with USB cable, via PC and X-COM (wireless) module
Logic, pause time a, pause time b, thrust, speed, deceleration spaces, leaf delay,
wind-proof facility, reverse-stroke, soft-touch, stroke at opening and Closing, initial thrust, deceleration
speed, indicator lamp, fail-safe, programming of 2 Easy devices, service request, power-safe,
Programmable functions
battery charger timer function, battery operation, clock, time-out, pre-flashing time,
motor type, encoder sensitivity
Speed
Adjustable on 10 levels
* Motor types (391, 413, 415, 390, 770, S700H, not FAAC)
Frequency transmission: 868 MHz +/- 100 Khz; proprietary communication protocol with safe transaction; net data ~100 Kbit/s; 3.3 V operation
Average consumption: continuous 45mA, operation (duty cycle 5 ms/1s), 5ouA; multitask operating system “hard real time” embedded; only compatible with control unit E124
143
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Model
740 D
Model
Code as spare part
202269
CONTROL UNIT 740 D (INCORPORATED)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TECNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories max. load
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time
Pause time
Thrust power
Terminal board inputs
Connector inputs
Terminal board outputs
Rapid connector
Programming
“Basic” mode programmable functions
“Advanced” mode programmable functions
price €
139,00
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
10 W
1000 W
0,5 A
-20 °C to +55 °C
2
Automatic/”Stepped” automatic/Semi­automatic/Safety/Semiautomatic B/
“Dead man” C/ Stepped” semiautomatic /Mixed logic B+C
Programmable (0 to 4 min.)
Programmable (0 to 4 min.)
Adjustable on 50 levels
Open/Partial Open/Opening safety device/ Closing safety device/Stop/Edge/Power supply + earth
Opening and closing limit switches/ Encoder (optional)
Flashing lamp Motor 24 Vdc Accessories power supply 24 Vdc Indicator light /timed output Failsafe
5-pin fitting for Minidec cards, Decoder or RP receivers
3 keys (+, -, F) and display, “basic“ and “advanced“ mode
Function logics - Pause time - Thrust force - Gate direction
Torque at initial thrust - Brake - Failsafe – Pre-flashing – Indicator light/Timed output – Logic for safety
devices at opening and Closing - Encoder (optional) for anti-crushing electronic safety device,
deceleration control and partial opening - Decelerations - Partial opening time – Work time - Service
request – Cycle count
E 721
Model
E721 control board (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) COMPATIBLE WITH C 720 AND C 721
Code as spare part
63002485
price €
192,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Max. motor load
Accessory power supply
Accessory max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time
Pause time
Motor power
Inputs
Outputs
Rapid connectors
Programming
Programmable functions
Speed
144
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz
10 W
220 W
24 Vdc
500 mA
-20°C to +55°C
Self-resetting
Automatic (A)/Semiautomatic (E)/Automatic Timer (At)/Automatic Safety (SA)/
Parking automatic (AP)/Dead man (C)/Automatic safety (S)/”Stepped” safety (SP)/”Stepped”
semiautomatic (EP)/Semiautomatic (B)/Mixed logic (C)
Programmable (from 0 to 9 min and 50 sec)
Programmable (from 0 to 9 min and 50 sec)
Programmable on 50 levels
BUS 2 Easy 5 inputs (open A, open B/close, stop, safety device at opening, safety device at closure)
1 programmable output (fail-safe, alarms, indicator light, courtesy light, can be activated with
radio channel 2), flashing lamp
OMNIDEC (XF 433 or XF 868)
3 keys (+, -, F) and LCD display
Logic, Pause time A, Pause time B, Thrust, Opening speed, Closing speed,
Deceleration spaces, Pre-flashing, Opening safety devices logic, Closing safety devices logic,
Obstacle detection, Partial opening, master - slave (only for E721)
Programmable on 10 levels
780 D
Control unit 780 D (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Item code
7909212
price €
189,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Trasformer
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories max. load
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time
Pause time
Thrust power
Terminal board inputs
Connector inputs
Terminal board outputs
Rapid connector
Programming
“Basic” mode programmable functions
“Advanced” mode programmable functions
Status signalling
Enclosure compatibility
780 D (integrated in the gearmotor)
Separated (connection to faston on the printed circuit)
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz
10 W
1000 W
0,5 A
-20 °C to +55 °C
2
Automatic/”Stepped” Automatic/Semi-automatic/ “Stepped” semi-automatic/Safety/
Semi-automatic B/”Dead man” C/ B/C mixed logic
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Adjustable on 50 levels
Open - Partial Open - Opening safety devices Closing safety devices - Stop - Edge - Power supply
+ Earth
Opening and Closing limit switches / Motor capacitor
Flashing lamp/Motor/24V dc Accessories power supply /24Vdc Indicator light 24Vdc / Timed output /
Electric lock control / Traffic light / Failsafe
5-pin fitting for Minidec cards, Decoder or RP receivers
3 keys (+, -, F) and display, “basic“ and “advanced“ mode
Function logics - Pause time - Thrust power - Opening/Closing direction
Torque at initial thrust - Brake - Failsafe - Pre-flashing - Indicator light/Timed output / Electric lock at opening
and closing / Logic for safety devices at opening and closing - Encoder / Anti-crushing sensitivity Decelerations - Partial opening time - Work time - Service request - Cycle count
On display
-
145
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Model
844 T
Model
CONTROL UNIT 844 T
Item code
790862
price €
326,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
230 V 3ph (+6% -10%) - 400 V 3ph+N (+6% -10%) -50 (60) Hz
Motor max. load
1300 W
Accessories power supply
24 Vdc
Accessories max. load
500 mA
Operating ambient temperature
-20 °C to +55 °C
Power supply for indicator light
24 Vac (5W max)
Four protection fuses
5 A (for each phase) - 1.6 A accessories
Safety timing
255 s.
Motor breaking
fixed
Inputs - Open, partial open, stop, Closing safety devices, limit switches
Outputs - Indicator light, flashing lamp, motor, 24 Vdc accessories power supply
Programming - Pause time (5/10/15/30/60/120/180 s.), A1/A2/S1/S2/E1/E2/B/C logics, pre-flashing
884 T
Model
Control unit 884 T (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
202254
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
230 V ac 3ph (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz - 400 V ac 3ph+N (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
Motor max. load
1300 W
Accessories power supply
24 Vdc
Accessories max. load
500 mA
Operating ambient temperature
-20 °C to +55 °C
Power supply for indicator light
24 V (5W max)
Two protection fuses
5 A transformer - 1.6 A accessories
Safety timing
255 s.
Inputs - Open, partial open, stop, closing safety devices, limit switches
Outputs - Indicator light, flashing lamp, motor, 24 Vdc accessories power supply
Programming - Pause time (5/10/15/30/60/120/180 s.), A1/A2/S1/S2/E1/E2/B/C logics, pre-flashing
146
price €
326,00
E850
Item code as spare part
63002935
price €
281,00
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Model
Electronic Control Board E850
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply Voltage
Absorbed Power
Max motor load
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
7W
1800 W
Accessories power
24 Vdc
Accessories max load
500 mA
Operating Ambient Temperature
Protection Fuses
Function logics
-20°C + +55°C
F1=F 5A-250 V
F2=T 0,8A-250 V
Automatic, Automatic 1, Semiautomatic, Semiautomatic “step by step”,
Automatic photocell, dead-man, Custom
Working time
Programmable (from 0 to 4 min)
Pause time
Programmable (from 0 to 4 min)
Motor Power
Terminal board inputs
Connectors board inputs
Terminal board outputs
Rapid connector
Programming
Programmable Functions
Programmable Outputs
Integrated Detector 2 independent channels
Programmable on 50 levels
Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety in closure, Stop, Safety in opening, power supply. 230 Vac+Earth
Opening and closing limit switch, opening and closing deceleration
Flashing lamp, electrobrake,24 Vdc power supply, Fail-Safe, status output, inverter test, BUS
5Pin Minidec board insert, Decoder, RP/RP2 Receiver
N° 3 push buttons (+, -, F) and display
Logic, Pause time, Load, Loop 1 and 2, opening photocell, working time,
Indicator Light output, Fail-safe output, BUS output, Service request
3 outputs for inverter, 1 programmable output in 18 different functions
real time auto-calibration, Sensitivity independent of loop inductivity,
loop work frequency adjustment, occupied loop message with LED visualisation,
loop status addressable on programmable outputs, regulating time adjustable on 2 levels.
147
E 600-E 700HS-E 1000
Model
Control unit E 600 (INCORPORATED IN THE D600 AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Control unit E 700HS (INCORPORATED IN THE D700HS AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Control unit E 1000 (INCORPORATED IN THE D1000 AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
2024015
63002425
2024025
price €
65,00
87,00
74,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E600
E700HS
E1000
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
200 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
for XF433 card receivers / XF868 / Battery module
Automatic / Semi-automatic
Open / Stop / Safety devices / Failsafe / Flashing lamp 24 V
2 min
Automatic
Trimmer
Power supply voltage
Accessories power supply
Accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Rapid connector
Function logics
Terminal board connections
Timing of courtesy lamp
Opening/Closing force adjustment
540 BPR
Model
Control unit 540 BPR (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
2022805
price €
72,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories max. load
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time (time out)
Pause time
Terminal board inputs
Terminal board outputs
Radio connector
Programmable functions
Learning functions
148
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz
4W
800 W
200 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
F1= 6,3 A - 250 V - F2= self-resetting
B/C, B, C, EP, AP, P default = B/C
Self-learning (0-10 min with steps of 2.5 sec) - Default=10 min
Self-learning (0-5 min with steps of 1.5 sec) - Default=30 min.
Opening/Closing/Stop/Safety device at Closing/Limit switches/Power supply
Motor/24 Vdc accessories power supply
One-/two channel card receiver - Decoding cards
Logic
Work time, Pause time
200 MPS
Item code
790905
Control unit 200 MPS
price €
105,00
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Model
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Motor max. load
Accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Output for accessories
Function logics
Protection fuses
Pause time
Terminal board inputs
Terminal board outputs
Protection class
SMT Technology
Input signalling LED
Rapid connector for card receivers or decoding cards
Automatic detection of limit-switch tripping
Reset push-button
230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz
800 W
200 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
24 Vdc
A, e P
F1 = 10 A - 250 V - F3 = 0,5 A - 250 V
Adjustable from 0 to 60 sec
Open/Close/Stop/Closing safety device/Power supply
Motor, flashing lamp
IP 55
E 550
Model
Control unit E550 (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
2022855
price €
148,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories power supply
Accessories max. load
Operating ambient
temperature
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Protection fuses
Rapid connector
Terminal boards
Terminal board inputs
230 Vac - 50 Hz
12 W
800 W
24 Vdc
300 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
Net circuit / accessories
5-pin fitting for Minidec card, Decoder, RP/RP2 Receiver
Removable
Open/Encoder/Closing and opening safety devices/Opening limit switches /Closing limit switches/
230 Vac - 60 W flashing lamp
Motor/230 V ac external courtesy light /24 Vdc accessories power supply
25 W
250 W
Terminal board outputs
Max. load of built-in courtesy light
Max. load of external courtesy light
Programming by display (3 buttons)
Inputs status signalling via display
Two programming levels
- 1st level: function logics automatic/semiautomatic,”stepped” automatic and ”stepped” semiautomatic, pause time
- 2nd level: timing of courtesy lamp, max. torque at initial thrust, fail-safe, pre-flashing, travel-limit deceleration, opening/closing force adjustment, closing
speed and encoder sensitivity adjustment that can be set in 2 different and independent areas
Built-in enclosure in operator 550
Possibility of installation in enclosures Mod. E - L - LM
149
596/615 BPR
Model
Control unit 596 / 615 BPR (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
790281
price €
123,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time (time-out)
Pause time
Terminal board inputs
Terminal board outputs
Programmable functions
Learning functions
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz
4W
800 W
250 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
F1 = 6,3 A - 250 V - F2 = self-resetting
B/C - B - C - EP - AP - P - Default = EP
Self-learning (0-10 min with steps of 2.5 sec) - Default=10 min
Self-learning (0-5 min with steps of 1.5 sec) - Default=30 sec
Open - Close - Stop - Closing safety devices - Limit switches - Power supply
Motor - Flashing lamp - Courtesy light and accessories power supply
Operation for barrier or up-and-over doors - Logic
Work time - Pause time
624 BLD
Model
Control unit 624 BLD (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
2022715
price €
258,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories power supply
Accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Function logics
Work time
Pause time
Motor thrust
Terminal board inputs
Connector inputs
Terminal board outputs
Rapid connector
Programming
Programmable functions
Programmable outputs
Buit-in detector, 2 indipendent channels
150
230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz
7W
300 W
24 Vdc
500 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
F1=F 5A-250 V F2=T 0,8A-250V
Automatic, Automatic 1, Semiautomatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium,
Condominium-Automatic, FAAC-CITY, Dead man, Remote, Custom
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Programmable on 50 levels
Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Closing safety devices, Stop, Emergency, 230 Vac power supply+Earth
Opening and closing limit switches, motor capacitor, beam release sensor
Flashing lamp, fan, motor, 24 Vdc power supply, fail-safe, status output, 24 Vdc indicator light, BUS
5-pin fitting for Minidec card, decoder or RP/RP2 receiver
3 keys (+, -, F) and display
Logic, Pause time, Thrust, Loop l and 2, Torque at initial thrust, Pre-flashing, Slow Closing, Deceleration time, Work
time, Indicator light output, Fail-safe output, Status output, BUS output, Service Request
4 programmable outputs in 18 different functions
Real time auto-calibration, sensitivity independent from loop geometry, loop operating frequency
adjustment, message of “loop engaged” with LED display, loop status addressable to programmable
outputs, adjustment time over 2 levels.
Model
CONTROL UNIT E680 (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
B680H POWER SUPPLY (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM)
Code as spare part
63000128
63000119
price €
330,00
307,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power in stand-by
Max motor load
Accessories power supply
Max accessories load
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
Operating logics
Work time
Pause time
Motor power
Motor speed
Terminal board inputs
Connector inputs
Terminal board outputs
Rapid connector
Programming
Programmable functions
Programmable outputs
Integrated Loop Detector 2 independent
channels
100 - 240 Vac 50 (60) Hz
7W
240 W
24 Vdc
800 mA
-20°C - +55°C
4 self-resetting
Automatic, Automatic 1, Semi-automatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium,
Condominium-Automatic, Manned, Remote, Custom
Programmable (from 0 to 4.1 min)
Programmable (from 0 to 4.1 min)
Programmable on 50 levels
Programmable on 50 levels
Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety during closing, Stop, Emergency, Power Supply. 36VDC, Battery XBAT, BUS 2-Easy
Encoder, Bar release sensor, Integrated flashing traffic light, USB (for updating firmware)
Flashing lamp 24V, Brushless motor, Accessories power supply 24 VDC, 4 programmable outputs of which one with relay
to fit 5-pin board Minidec, Decoder, RP/RP2 receiver, Connectivity extension (Net-Com, G-Com, etc.)
Nr. 3 keys (+,-,F) and display, 1 automatic setup key
Logic, Pause time, Open/Close power, Open/Close speed, Loop 1 and 2, Pre-flashing,
Work time, Obstacle detection sensitivity, Cycle counter for service, Indicator light output, Fail-safe output,
Status output, Service request, Bar LED lighting output
4 programmable outputs for 18 different functions
Real-time self-calibration, Sensitivity independent of the loop geometries,
Loop work frequency adjustment, Occupied loop message with LED visualisation, Loop status
addressable on programmable outputs
151
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
E 680
JE275
Model
JE275 control board
Item code
116300
price €
276,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
230V~ (+ 6% - 10%) 50/60 Hz
7W
1.200W
24V
500 mA
-20 °C to +55 °C
F1 = 10A-250~ F2=T 0,8A-250~
Automatic, Automatic 1, Semi-automatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium,
Function logics
Condominium-Automatic J Series, Manned, Remote, Custom
Work time
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Pause time
Programmable (0 to 4 min)
Motor thrust
Programmable on 50 levels
Terminal board inputs
Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety during closing, Stop, Emergency, Power Supply. 230V, Battery + earth
Connector inputs
Opening and closing limit switch, motor condenser
Flashing lamp, motor, Accessories power supply 24 VDC, Fail-Safe,
Terminal board outputs
Status output, 24V led lighting output, BUS
Logic, Pause time, power, Loop 1 and 2, Pre-flashing, Slow closing, work time,LED lighting output, Fail-safe output,
Programmable functions
Status output, BUS output Service request
Real-time self-calibration, Sensitivity independent of the loop geometries,
Integrated Loop Detector 2 independent channels
Loop work frequency adjustment, Occupied loop message with LED visualisation, Loop status
addressable on programmable outputs, adjusting time adjustable on 2 levels
Power supply voltage
Absorbed power
Motor max. load
Accessories power supply
Accessories max. current
Operating ambient temperature
Protection fuses
152
SAFEcoder
Absolute Encoder for immediate obstacle detection and reverse on contact – electronic deceleration – precise electronic limit-switch – installation on the operator rear
bracket (FAAC Patent) always keeps in memory the leaf position also in case of power failure. Connection through two BUS 2Easy wires with E045, E145, E024S, E124.
Power supply
Protection class
Resolution
Operating ambient temperature
Model
BUS 2Easy
IP 66
0,3°
-20°C + +55°C
Code
price €
SAFECODER ABSOLUTE MAGNETIC BUS ENCODER (FAAC PATENT)
404040
58,00
SAFECODER FOR 412 OPERATOR (FAAC PATENT)
404041
58,00
Encoder for 770N
404035
62,00
Notes
The SAFEcoder is compatible only with the following control boards: E045, E145, E024S and E124.
Enclosures
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IP55 protection class
Wall- or flush-mounting
Designed for securing to DIN guide
Fuse-holder
Designed for installation of door locking switch
Removable hinges for right or left opening
Seats for capacitor supports
Lock with standard triangular key
Lock with coded key (optional)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. L
Dimensions (LxDxH): 213 x 118 x 270 (mm)
3 closing plugs for Ø 29 hole
2 pre-drilled holes Ø 19
Model
Enclosure mod. L
Item Code
720118
price €
25,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. LM
Dimensions (LxDxH): 246 x 142 x 353 (mm)
2 closing plugs for Ø 29 hole
2 pre-drilled holes Ø 29
2 pre-drilled holes Ø 19
Model
Enclosure mod. LM
Item Code
720309
price €
39,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. E
IP 55 Protection class
Wall- or flush-mounting
Designed for securing to DIN guide
Fuse-holder
Designed for installation of door locking switch
Cover closing by 4 self-tapping screws
Seats for capacitor supports
Dimensions (LxDxH): 204 x 85 x 265 (mm)
Model
Enclosure mod. E
Accessories for enclosures mod. L - LM
LOCK WITH MODIFIED KEY
Item Code
720119
Code
712805
price €
17,00
price €
14,00
153
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Accessories
ProductsPag.
• Transmitters and receivers 868 MHz SLH LR
156
• Transmitters and receivers 433 MHz SLH LR
158
• Transmitters and receivers SLHP LR/RC 160
• Control systems - simple pulse generators162
• Control systems - electronic pulse generators163
• Control systems - pulse generators for special applications - Miniservice
165
• Safety devices - photocells 166
• Safety devices - C type device edge MSE 110W168
• Safety devices - C type device edge XS 55 169
• Additional safety devices170
• Other accessories - electric lock - leaf lock - mechanical stops - oil 171
154
Sistemi di comando
Accessories
155
Transmitters and receivers
868Mhz SLH LR System
Use frequency 868.35 MHz
Type of decoding: SLH LR technology (FAAC Patent)
SLH = SELF LEARNING HOPPING code: the code varies whenever the
transmitter is used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only
that of the transmitters coded by the receiver.
Advantages: cloning virtually impossible. Coded transmitters can be replicated, even remotely from the receiver, with the patented SELF LEARNING
system (from transmitter to transmitter), by simply pressing the keys according to a specific sequence.
LR = LONG RANGE: the transmitters can cover almost twice the actual distance due to an additional patent FAAC economy; transmitter SLH LONG
RANGE, each press of the control buttons, running a real-time sensing
of the environment (eg, hand position, the presence of electrical noise,
etc ...) and automatically reconfigures the electronics maximizing, at each
transmission, the radiated power. Fully compatible with the previous SLH.
LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS 868 MHz
Decoding
FAAC
T
PATEN
SLH
Description
XT2 868 SLH LR Transmitter 2 channels
white version
black version
Item code
price €
787009
7870091
35,00
787010
7870101
41,00
XT4 868 SLH LR Transmitter 4 channels
white version
black version
The radio signal communication emitted from the transmitter can be obtained through the following:
1) 2) 3) 4) Frequency module to be associated with electronic control boards with integrated decoding OMNIDEC
Coupled receiver for FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board
Multi-channel receiver external decoder cards to be associated with the radio signal
External receiver with specific enclosure with dedicated decoding OMNIDEC (can accept systems DS-SLH-RC)
RECEIVERS FOR 868 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS
1) Frequency module (compatible with all FAAC electronic control boards equipped with a universal decoding system OMNIDEC, recognizable by
the logo dedicated)
Decoding
Description
Receiver XF 868 MHz
Item code
price €
319007
47,00
2) Rapid coupled receiver (compatible with all electronic FAAC equipment equipped with quick connector 5-pin or external users via the connection to the relay RP accessory)
Decoding
Description
Item code
price €
RP 868 SLH - receiver 1-channel
787730
59,00
RP2_868 SLH - Coupled receiver 2 channels
787828
87,00
SLH
156
Output channel decoder card with “relay” for
piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary devices
DECODER SLH
785534
57,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUS1 868
Power Supply
PL 868
MINIDEC SLH
DECODER SLH
20 ÷ 30 VDC – 24 VAC ±10%
Absorbed power
10mA DC – 25mA AC
10 mA
30 mA
50
-
-
Max decoding cards to be connected
Radio signal decoding
20 ÷ 30 VDC
Through MINIDEC or DECODER
SLH
SLH
250 codes
1000 codes
A connector
(FAAC boards)
A connector (FAAC boards)
and / or terminal
Memory Capacity
Connection
4) External receiver (system with integrated decoding in dedicated container for outdoor use)
Decoding
Description
Item code
price €
XR2 868 C-channel external receiver 868 MHz
787749
71,00
XR4 868 C 868 MHz four-channel external receiver
787750
109,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
XR2 868 C
Power Supply
Receiving frequency
Absorbed power
Decoding System (Omnidec)
Storable codes
Number of channels
XR4 868 C
12 ÷ 24 Vdc - Vac
868.35 ± 0.2
100 mA
DS-SLH-RC
250
2
Pulse 1 (CH1)
1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2)
Number of relay outputs (n.a.)
Relay contact capacity
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Dimensions HxWxD
250 CH 1-2 / 250 CH 3-4
4
2 pulse (CH1-3)
1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) 1 timed (CH4)
0,5 A/12 ÷ 24 ac - dc
IP 44
-20° C ÷ +55 ° C
90 x70 x 32,5 mm
ACCESSORIES
Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 /
XR4 with a bracket and coaxial
cable - length. 5 m - 868 MHz
to increase the scope of the RP
receivers / XF / XR
Item code
Price (euro)
412006
28,00
Sun visor / Transparent support
wall
Item code
Price (euro)
390205
5,00
Relay Interface for RP receivers
(allows the use of RP receivers on
systems not equipped with quick
connector) - wired connection
Item code
Price (euro)
787725
23,00
Multidec
Four-Extension Module (for decoder), allows you to connect up to 4
DECODER - wired connection
Item code
Price (euro)
102845
25,50
157
ACCESSORIES
3) Multi-channel receivers and decoding board (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be
composed by 1 receiver and decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled)
Decoding
Description
Item code
price €
Receiver PLUS1 868
787827
67,00
PLUS1 868 Mhz
Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna
integrated
Transmitters and receivers
433Mhz SLH LR System
Use frequency 433.92 MHz
Type of decoding: SLH LR technology (FAAC Patent)
SLH = SELF LEARNING HOPPING code: the code varies whenever the
transmitter is used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only
that of the transmitters coded by the receiver.
Advantages: cloning virtually impossible. Coded transmitters can be replicated, even remotely from the receiver, with the patented SELF LEARNING
system (from transmitter to transmitter), by simply pressing the keys according to a specific sequence.
LR = LONG RANGE: the transmitters can cover almost twice the actual distance due to an additional patent FAAC economy; transmitter SLH LONG
RANGE, each press of the control buttons, running a real-time sensing
of the environment (eg, hand position, the presence of electrical noise,
etc ...) and automatically reconfigures the electronics maximizing, at each
transmission, the radiated power. Fully compatible with the previous SLH.
433 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS
Decoding
FAAC
T
PATEN
SLH
Description
XT2 433 SLH LR Transmitter 2 channels
white version
black version
XT4 433 SLH LR Transmitter 4 channels
white version
black version
Codice articolo
price €
787007
7870071
each
787008
7870081
each
35,00
41,00
The radio signal communication emitted from the transmitter can be obtained through the following:
1) 2) 3) 4) Frequency module to be associated with electronic control boards automation with integrated decoding OMNIDEC
Coupled receiver for FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board
Multi-channel receiver external decoder cards to be associated with the radio signal
External receiver with specific enclosure with dedicated decoding OMNIDEC (can accept systems DS-SLH-RC)
RECEIVERS FOR 433 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS
1) Frequency module (compatible with all devices equipped with a decoding system FAAC universal OMNIDEC, recognizable by the logo dedicated)
Decoding
Description
Receiver XF 433 MHz
Codice articolo
price €
319006
47,00
2) Receiver with quick coupling (compatible with all electronic equipment FAAC equipped with quick connector 5-pin or external users via the
connection to the relay RP accessory)
Decoding
SLH
158
Description
Receiver 1-channel RP 433 SLH
Codice articolo
price €
787824
59,00
Output channel decoder card with “relay” for
piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary devices
DECODER SLH
785534
57,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUS1 433
Power Supply
PL 433
MINIDEC SLH
DECODER SLH
20 ÷ 30 VDC – 24 VAC ±10%
Absorbed power
10mA DC – 25mA AC
10 mA
30 mA
50
-
-
Max decoding cards to be connected
Radio signal decoding
20 ÷ 30 VDC
Through MINIDEC or DECODER
SLH
SLH
250 codes
1000 codes
A connector
(FAAC boards)
A connector (FAAC boards)
and / or terminal
Memory Capacity
Connection
4) External receiver (system with integrated decoding in dedicated container for outdoor use)
Decoding
Description
Item code
price €
XR2 433 C-channel external receiver 433 MHz
787747
71,00
XR4 433 C 433 MHz four-channel external receiver
787748
109,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
XR2 433 C
Power Supply
Receiving frequency
Absorbed power
Decoding System (Omnidec)
Storable codes
Number of channels
XR4 433 C
12 ÷ 24 Vdc - Vac
433.92 ± 0.1
100 mA
DS-SLH-RC
250
2
Pulse 1 (CH1)
1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2)
Number of relay outputs (n.a.)
Relay contact capacity
Protection class
Operating ambient temperature
Dimensions HxWxD
250 CH 1-2 / 250 CH 3-4
4
2 pulse (CH1-3)
1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) 1 timed (CH4)
0,5 A/12 ÷ 24 ac - dc
IP 44
-20° C ÷ +55 ° C
90 x70 x 32,5 mm
ACCESSORIES
Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 /
XR4 with a bracket and coaxial
cable - length. 5 m - 433 MHz
to increase the scope of the RP
receivers / XF / XR
Item code
Price (euro)
412003
28,00
Sun visor / Transparent support
wall
Item code
Price (euro)
390205
5,00
Relay Interface for RP receivers
(allows the use of RP receivers on
systems not equipped with quick
connector) - wired connection
Item code
Price (euro)
787725
23,00
Multidec
Four-Extension Module (for decoder). allows you to connect up to 4
DECODER - wired connection
Item code
Price (euro)
102845
25,50
159
ACCESSORIES
3) Multi-channel receivers and decoding boards (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be
composed + 1 receiver decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled)
Decoding
Description
Item code
price €
Receiver PLUS1 433
787826
67,00
PLUS1 433 Mhz
Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna
integrated
Transmitters and receivers
SLHP LR System
Use frequency 868.35 MHz or 433.92 MHz
Type of decoding: LR SLHP technology (FAAC Patent)
The SLHP system comes FROM SLH LR LR (FAAC PATENT) technology
and was born for the realization of highly professional installations
where it is required to program the remote controls and memory cards
with codes using dedicated programming unit and / or through PC software. This also allows the creation of archives to PC codes on each
plant built, consequently facilitating the management of the system
(adding remote radio codes).
A plant SLHP will therefore be composed of: 1 multichannel receiver
(433Mhz or 868Mhz) + DECODER SLHP a number equal to the number
of users to control.
The transmitters are the same as XT SLH LR (Depending on the chosen frequency 433Mhz or 868Mhz)
MULTI-CHANNEL RECEIVERS FOR SLHP SYSTEMS
Model
PLUS1 868 Mhz
PLUS1 433 Mhz
Description
RReceiver PLUS1 868
Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna
integrated
Receiver PLUS1 433
Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna
integrated
Item code
price €
787827
67,00
787826
67,00
Item code
price €
785535
71,00
SLHP DECODING DECODER BOARD
Model
DECODER SLHP
Description
Single-channel decoding card with output
“Relay” for piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary
devices
1000 codes memory capacity expandable to up to
2000 codes (MEX SLH with accessory)
with connector for programming unit SLHP
PROGRAMMING DEVICES for SLHP System. System programming SLHP (DECODER SLHP and transmitters XT SLH LR) is done by:
Model
Description
Item code
price €
Programming unit for the decoder SLHP
404015
99,00
Radiocoder 868 SLH
Radiocoder 433 SLH
Device for the transmission of custom code from
the programming SLHP (404015) or from the PC to
the decoder SLHP and transmitters SLH LR.
103054
103337
71,00
71,00
Software SLHP
Software for programming via PC SLHP decoder
and remote controls SLH LR *
785538
Free download from www.
faacgroup.com section prodotti/manuali/19 software
Programming unit
SLH
ACCESSORIES
Mex SLH
Additional memory (1000 codes) for
DECODER SLHP
Item code
799349
Price (euro))
15,50
160
(*) The programming unit for SLHP DECODER (cod.404015) is always required even
when using the PC software. In this case the programming unit serves as an interface
between DECODER SLHP and PC
Use frequency 433.92 MHz
Decoding Type: RC Technology
RC = ROLLING code: the code varies whenever the transmitter is
used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only that of the
transmitters coded by the receiver.
433 MHz RC TRANSMITTERS
Decoding
RC
Description
Item code
price €
XT4 433 RC Transmitter 4 channels (box of 15 pcs.)
white version
blue version
787452
787454
each
Item code
price €
319006
47,00
19,00
The reception of the radio signal emitted from the transmitter can be realized from the following:
1) Frequency module to associate with electronic control boards automation with integrated decoding OMNIDEC
2) Plug quick FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board
3) Receiver Multi-channel external decoder cards to associate with the radio signal
RECEIVERS FOR 433 MHz RC TRANSMITTERS
1) Frequency module (compatible with all devices equipped with a decoding system FAAC universal OMNIDEC)
(recognizable by the logo dedicated)
Description
Receiver XF 433 MHz
2) Receiver with quick coupling (compatible with all electronic equipment FAAC equipped with quick connector 5-pin
or external users via the connection to the relay RP accessory)
Decoding
RC
Description
Item code
price €
RP1 433_RC - receiver 1-channel
787741
51,00
RP2 433_RC - Coupled receiver 2 channel
787742
76,00
3) Receivers and multi-channel decoder cards (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be composed
1 Receiver + decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled)
Decoding
Item code
Price (euro)
412003
28,00
Item code
price €
XR2 433 C-channel external receiver 433 MHz
787747
71,00
XR4 433 C 433 MHz four-channel external receiver
787748
109,00
For the technical specifications of the XR see page 159
ACCESSORIES
Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 /
XR4 with a bracket and coaxial
cable - length. 5 m - 433 MHz
to increase the scope of the RP
receivers / XF / XR
Description
Sun visor / Transparent support
wall
Item code
Price (euro)
390206
5,00
Relay Interface for RP receivers
(allows the use of RP receivers on
systems not equipped with quick
connector) - wired connection
Item code
Price (euro)
787725
23,00
161
ACCESSORIES
433Mhz RC System
Control systems
Simple pulse generators
KEY-OPERATED PUSH-BUTTONS
Model
Specifications
T10
T10
T11
T11
Installation: embedded or on column
1 Microswitch for exchange (T10) /
2 Microswitches for exchange (T11)
Contacts maximum capacity 0.1 A / 24 V dc
Protection class: IP 54
Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
T10 E
T10
T11 E
T11
Installation: on wall or on column
1 Microswitch for exchange (T10 E)/
2 Microswitches for exchange (T11 E)
Contacts maximum capacity 0,1 A / 24 Vdc
Protection class IP 54
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
T20 E (*)
T20 E
T21 E (*)
T21 E
Item code
from 401010001 to 401010036
price €
36,00
from 401011001 to 401011036
49,00
from 401019001 to 401019036
38,00
from 401018001 to 401018036
53,00
401012
33,00
401013
36,00
T20 I
401014
34,00
T21 I
Installation: embedded
1 Microswitch for exchange (T20 I)/
2 Microswitches for exchange (T21 I)
Contacts maximum capacity 10 A /250 Vac
Protection class IP 54
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
T21 EF
401015
39,00
401016
46,00
T21 IF
Installation: on wall (T21 EF) or embedded (T21 IF)
2 Microswitches for exchange
Contacts maximum capacity 10 A / 250 Vac
With facility to electric brake release for rolling gate
Protection class IP 54
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
401017
48,00
Installation: on wall
1 Microswitch for exchange (T20 E)/
2 Microswitches for exchange (T21 E)
Contacts maximum capacity 10 A /250 Vac
Protection class IP 54
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
T20 I (*)
T21 I (*)
T21 EF (*)
T21 IF (*)
ACCESSORIES
Description
Item code
Plastic enclosure to be walled in (T10 - T11)
720086
Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (T10 - T11)
(25 pcs. package)
722400
Metal enclosure for welding (T10 - T11)
(25 pcs. package)
720089
High column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (photo on following page)
(2 pcs. package)
401034
High double column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (photo on following page) (2 pcs. package)
401035
Foundation plate for column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E)
(20 pcs. package)
737630
Enclosure to be embedded (T20 - T21)
(20 pcs. package)
720316
European cylinder lock (T20 - T21) with personalised key from No. 1 to No.36
from 712052 to 712087
Notes
(*) key operated push-buttons T20 and T21 are supplied without a lock.
162
price €
2,50
3,50
15,00
66,00
66,00
10,00
2,50
14,50
Control systems
Model
XK 21 H 230 V
Burglar-resistant
key-selector with
lever release
XK 21 L 24 V
Burglar-resistant
key-selector with
lever release
Specifications
Installation: on wall
2 microswitches for exchange
Contacts maximum capacity 16 A/250 Vac
(Mod XK 21 H) 0,1 A/24Vdc (Mod XK 21 L)
Facility to electric brake release
Lever release
Burglar resistant key-selector
(cylinder lock not included)
compatible with European cylinder
DIN 18252 (max. length 45 mm)
ACCESSORIES
Description
European cylinder lock with personalised key from No.1 to No. 36
Item code
price €
401300
94,00
401301
100,00
Item code
from 712052 to 712087
ACCESSORIES
XK 21 BURGLAR-RESISTANT KEY OPERATED PUSH-BUTTON
price €
14,50
CONTROL PUSH-BUTTONS
Model
FAAC SWITCH
Specifications
Installation: embedded or on column
2 Microswitches for exchange
Contacts maximum capacity 0,1 A / 24 Vdc
Indicator light Siluro S6 24 V 5 W
Protection class IP 54
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
Item code
price €
401002
33,00
ACCESSORIES
Description
Plastic enclosure to be walled in (25 pcs. package)
Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (25 pcs. package)
Metal enclosure for welding (25 pcs. package)
High column in aluminium (2 pcs. package)
High double column in aluminium (2 pcs. package)
Foundation plate for column in aluminium (20 pcs. package)
Item code
720086
722400
720089
401034
401035
737630
price €
2,50
3,50
15,00
66,00
66,00
10,00
Electronic pulse generators
COMBINATION RADIO TRANSMITTER
Type of decoding
SLH
European use frequencies
Description
868 MHz
Radio KeyPad 868 SLH
Item code
price €
404026
124,00
RADIO KEYPAD 868 SLH SPECIFICATIONS
Receivers to be used
Power supply
Average battery life (10 activations per day)
Protection class
Dimensions (l x d x h) in mm
Operating ambient temperature
Backlit keypad with LEDs - Buzzer sounded when keys pressed 3 commands protected by 5 digit access code (PIN) - 1 direct control
RP 868 SLH
9 V alkaline battery
2 years
IP 54
72 x 31 x 117
-20 °C to + 55 °C
3- SELECTING THE RECEIVER
According to the number of necessary channels (1 or 2), select the receiver with board - with the same type of FREQUENCY and
DECODING as the transmitter - to be installed in the relevant connector on the unit of the automated system.
If you require more than two channels, use the special receivers indicated on the following pages.
163
Control systems
Electronic pulse generators
CONTROLLER WITH KEYPAD AND DECODING FACILITY
Model
Specifications
METAL DIGIKEY
Installation: embedded or on column
Power supply 24 Vdc
Anti-tampering electronic protection
Indicator-light and buzzer confirming recognition
Reset push-button
Max number of connectable decoders: 100
Protection class IP 55
Item code
price €
404005
144,00
Item code
price €
790851
223,00
MAGNETIC CARD AND DECODING READER
Model
Specifications
DIGICARD
Installation: embedded or on column
Power supply 12/24 Vdc - 12 Vac
Anti-tampering electronic protection
Indicator-light confirming recognition
Max number of connectable decoders: 100
Protection class IP 55
ACCESSORIES FOR DIGICARD
Description
Magnetised card
Card to be magnetised
Item code
409103101
409103
price €
Item code
785502
price €
Item code
102845
720043
722406
720037
price €
6,00
4,00
DS DECODER FOR METAL DIGIKEY AND DIGICARD
Description
Decoding card (“relay” output) for piloting FAAC electronic control units and/or auxiliary commands
Connection by connector and/or terminal
Power supply 12 - 24 Vdc/12 - 24 Vac
12-bit binary code (4,096 combinations)
Max distance of Metal Digikey/Decoder: 100 m
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
55,00
COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR METAL DIGIKEY AND DIGICARD
Description
MULTIDEC 4-channel extension module
Plastic enclosure to be walled in
Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (20 pcs. package)
Metal enclosure for welding
25,50
4,00
3,50 each
15,00
SUPPORT COLUMNS FOR:
T10 -T11 - T10E - T11E - FAAC SWITCH - METAL DIGIKEY WITH KIT 428109 - DIGICARD CON KIT 428109 - FOTOSWITCH - PHOTOBEAM
Specifications
High column in aluminium
(2 pcs. package)
High double column in aluminium
(2 pcs. package)
Foundation plate for column
(20 pcs. package)
Installation kit for Digicard/Metal Digikey for on-column application
164
Code
401034
401035
737630
428109
price €
66,00 each
66,00 each
10,00 each
7,50
Control systems
ACCESSORIES
Pulse generators for special applications
METALLIC MASS DETECTORS
Model
FG1 single-channel detector
Specifications
FG2 two-channel detector
FG 1
FG 2
Item code
785529
price €
785527
326,00
Item code
price €
790904
66,00
720050
11,00
209,00
One loop control (FG1) or two-loop control (FG2)
Power supply 24 Vdc/24 Vac
Contacts maximum capacity 250 mA/24 V
Four sensitivity levels independent of loop inductance
Continuous updating of operating frequency
Presence relay (N.O./N.C.)
Impulsive relay (at end of detection)
Self setting at power-up
Loop interruption or short circuit signal
Application on DIN guide
Multi-function signalling LED
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
ADDITIONAL POWER FEEDER
Model
Miniservice card
Specifications
Power supply voltage230 Vac (+5% - 10%) 50 (60) Hz
Absorbed power 35 VA
Relay contacts max capacity 10A/24Vdc - 10A/230V
Output for 12 Vac electric lock
Accessories output 500 mA/24 Vdc
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
Power supply LED
Facility for FAAC radio controls with rapid connector
ENCLOSURE FOR MINISERVICE CARD
Protection class IP 55
Model EM
165
Safety devices
D type device (EN 12453)
FLUSH MOUNTED PHOTOCELLS
Model
FOTOSWITCH
Specifications
Installation: embedded or on column
Absorption 90 mA
Protection class IP44
Directional photocell with alignment
Obstacle detection time: 7 ms
Rated range: 30 m
Contacts type: N.O./N.C.
Contacts max capacity: 100 mA/24 Vdc
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
Item code
price €
785152
77,00
FOTOSWITCH ACCESSORIES
Plastic enclosure to be walled in
Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters
Metal enclosure for welding
(25 pcs. package)
(25 pcs. package)
(25 pcs. package)
720086
722400
720089
2,50 each
3,50 each
15,00 each
WALL MOUNTED PHOTOCELL
Model
PHOTOBEAM
Specifications
Installation: on wall or on column
Absorption 50 mA
Protection class IP54
Directional photocell with alignment
Obstacle detection time: 20 ms
Detection angle +/- 4°
Rated range: 30 m
Contacts type: N.O./N.C.
Contacts max capacity: 100 mA/24 Vdc
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
Item code
price €
785163
74,00
SUPPORT COLUMNS FOR: FOTOSWITCH - PHOTOBEAM
Specifications
Low column in aluminium
High double column in aluminium
Foundation plate for column
166
(2 pcs. package)
(2 pcs. package)
(20 pcs. package)
Code
401028
401035
737630
price €
38,00 each
66,00 each
10,00 each
ACCESSORIES
Safety devices
ADJUSTABLE WALL PHOTOCELL
XP 20 D
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply
Nominal capacity
Installation
Dimensions (LxHxP) mm
Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle
Vertical optical auto-alignement angle
Obstacle detection time
Absorbtion power
Protection rating
Type of contact
Max capacity of the contact
Operating ambient temperature
Model
XP 20 D
XP 20B D
/24V~
20 m
wall
41,5 x 130 x 42,5
-90° +90°
±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m)
13ms
Rx (30mA) + Tx (20mA)
IP54
N.C.
60VA/24W
-20°C ÷ +55°C
24V
Item code
785102
Price €
65,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply
Nominal capacity
Installation
Dimensions (LxHxP) mm
Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle
Vertical optical auto-alignement angle
Obstacle detection time
Absorbtion power
Protection rating
Operating ambient temperature
from BUS 2easy, to 2 non-polarized wires 24V
20 m
wall
41,5 x 130 x 42,5
-90° +90°
±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m)
20ms
Rx (10mA) + Tx (10mA)
IP54
-20°C ÷ +55°C
Up to 16 pairs of photocells installed in the same system
Model
XP 20B D
XP 20W D
Item code
785103
Price €
74,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Rx power supply
Tx power supply
Nominal capacity
Installation
Dimensions (LxHxP) mm
Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle
Vertical optical auto-alignement angle
Obstacle detection time
Absorbtion power
Protection rating
Operating ambient temperature
12-24V~ /V
or with battery (3 VcR2 - not incluted)
20 m
wall
41,5 x 130 x 42,5
-90° +90°
±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m)
40ms
)
Rx (30mA) + Tx (40mA with battery or 5mA 24V
IP54
-20°C ÷ +55°C
12-24V~ /
Up to 4 pairs of photocells installed in the same system
Model
XP 20W D
Item code
785104
Price €
75,00
ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION
BUS XIB interface (if the E024S board
with non-BUS photocell is used)
Item code
Price (euro)
790062
12,50
CR2 3V lithium battery with XP15W TX
photocells
Item code
Price (euro)
105128
8,50
167
Safety devices
C TYPE device (EN 12453)
Certified in Category 2 of Standard EN 12978
MSE 110 WIRELESS SAFETY EDGE
TX
RX
TX
RX
RX
Specifications MSE 110 W
A sensitive device, with modulated infra-red technology, for application on the mobile
leaf. It communicates the information to a receiver fixed on the pilaster or column,
making it possible to also create additional protection (photocell) in the gate transit
area (C+D device EN 12453).
Device powered by AA lithium batteries (2 year guaranteed duration)
Does not require additional power supply devices
Rubber profile, height 110 mm
Signalling LEDs
Protection class: IP 55 (safety edge)
Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C
TX
Model
Sensitive body consisting of 2.5 m rubber profile, 2.5 m aluminium profile, lower and upper
closing plugs and securing screws
Optical unit includes 2 TX optical modules, 1 TX/RX central module, 1 fixed receiver
and 6 AA lithium batteries
Item code
price €
112000
81,00
112001
161,00
Item code
112002
price €
112003
25,50
Aluminium column for fixed receiver RX MSE 110 W / SAFEBEAM
401039
30,00 each
Foundation plate for column
737637
6,00 each
SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR MSE 110 W
Model
Edge counter-strike profile 2.5 m to house the fixed receiver
Adjustable wall support for fixed receiver
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
Fig. C - On SAFEBEAM column
Necessary codes 112000 + 112001 + 401039 +737637
Fig. A - Wall fitting
Necessary codes 112000 + 112001
Optical elements unit
Gate
Optical edge
Gate
Optical edge
C
A
SAFEBEAM
B
A
Fig. B - On edge counter-strike profile
Necessary codes 112000 + 112001 + 112002
Gate
Optical edge
B
Fig. D - On wall support with adjustable orientation
Necessary codes 112000 +112001 + 112003
C
D
Gate
Optical elements unit
and travel stop profile
Optical edge
D
Adjustable wall support
Notes
For an MSE 110W safety edge, use 1 code 112000 and 1 code 112001.
168
52,00
Safety devices
ACCESSORIES
C TYPE device (EN 12453)
Certified in Category 2 of Standard EN 12978
PLUG AND PLAY CONDUCTIVE RUBBER SAFETY EDGE
XS 55
Easy assembly thanks to the innovative solution with quick insertion
terminal with butyl resin sealant
Rubber profile height 55 mm
Aluminium support profile
Obstacle detection with +/- 45° angles
Protection rating IP 65
Available with kit provision (for more than one safety edge) or in CUSTOM
KITS (for one safety edge up to 2.5 m)
The only conductive rubber edge Plug and Play on the market
Create your certified safety edge in just a few minutes, following 4 simple steps
Does not require any type of glueing or long waiting times
XS 55 KIT SUPPLY (the kit supply must include all the following items)
XS 55 Sensitive rubber profile 25 m
Item code
Price (euro)
428096
875,00
Terminal with XSP R8.2 resistance
Item code
Price (euro)
428097
18,00
Terminal with XSP C0.5 wire
Item code
Price (euro)
428098
19,00
Aluminium profile kit 10 items of 2.5
m XS 55
Item code
Price (euro)
105687
198,00
• ORDER EXAMPLE
• To create 10 XS 55 safety edges, of 2.5 m each, you must order: 1 pc each of the following codes 428096, 105687 and 10 pcs each of the following codes
428097 and 428098
XS 55 CUSTOM KIT for edges up to 2.5 m
(the code contains all items required to create 1 safety edge XS 55 with custom length up to 2.5 m)
The Kit contains:
•
•
•
•
1 rubber profile XS 55 of 2.5 m
1 terminal with resistance XSP R8.2 (428097)
1 terminal with wire XSP C0.5 (428098)
1 aluminium profile for XS 55 of 2.5 m
Safety edge kit XS 55 of 2.5 m
Item code
Price (euro)
105688
168,00
169
Safety devices
Additional devices
M60 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL EDGE
Specifications
Rubber profile, height 60 m
Microswitch for controlling voltage of small
cable
Microswitch for detecting obstacles
Sensitivity adjustment
Connection terminal board
Protection class IP 55
Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C
SINGLE CHAMBER PNEUMATIC DEVICE (SUPPLIED IN KITS)
Specifications
Rubber profile with single chamber:
h 30 mm
Protection class: IP 55
Operating ambient temperature:
-20°C to +55°C.
Installation: on wall
Model
Item code
price €
M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 1.5)
736425
75,00
M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 1.7)
736426
78,00
M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 2.0)
736427
82,00
M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 2.5)
736428
89,00
M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 3.0)
736429
99,00
Model
Item code
price €
Rubber profile (20 m package)
428306
129,00
Rubber plug (20 pcs. package)
428307
13,00
Support profile in aluminium (3 m rod)
722350
11,00
Pressure-switches
(see page 168)
FLASHING LAMPS
FAACLIGHT
Specifications
Protection class IP 55
Operating ambient
temperature:
-20°C to +55°C
Model
Item code
price €
FAAC LED 230 V
410023
50,00
FAACLIGHT 230 V/40 W
410013
37,00
BILAMP 230 V/50 W
410011
102,00
TIMED LIGHTING BOARD
FOR BILAMP
4070232
32,00
FAACLIGHT 12 V 12 V/21 W
410015
24,50
FAAC LED 24 V
410024
55,00
FAACLIGHT 24 V 24 V/15 W
410014
47,00
XL 24L 24 V/3 W
(for model D600-D1000 only)
410017
30,00
XL 24 LF 24 V/3W
410018
38,00
230V
XL 24 L / LF
12V
24V
170
Other accessories
ACCESSORIES
Accessories and consumables
ELECTRIC LOCKS
Specifications
12 Vac electric lock complete with floor-fitting receiver slot
Receiver slot with pilaster (single-leaf gates)
Internal cylinder with 2 keys
Item code
712650
712990
from 712651001
to 712651036
from 712652001
to 712652036
price €
Specifications
BLOCKIT
Item code
401026
price €
Specifications
Mechanical stop for on-ground installation
Mechanical stop for on-wall installation
Item code
722162
722163
price €
Specifications
“FAAC HP OIL” hydraulic oil (package of 12 1-litre bottles)
“FAAC HP OIL” hydraulic oil (25-litre can)
Item code
714017
714018
price €
External cylinder with 2 keys
60,00
7,00
16,50
16,50
LEAF LOCK
29,50
MECHANICAL STOPS
16,00
9,00
OIL
16,50
277,00
171
Access control
ProductPag.
• Mag 100
174
• Tag 10
175
• Resist176
• Minitime177
• Viper 400
178
• Resist SA
179
• Minitime SA
180
• AT-4/868181
• AT-4182
• Cobra 5000 Plus
183
• Software and Cards
184
185
• Access Plus
Access control
173
ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
Mag100
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
MAGNETIC READER
The MAG100 magnetic card readers can be used in access control systems for both pedestrians and vehicles.
Model
Mag100
description
Swipe type magnetic card reader
Item code
403118
price €
303,00
Item code
401037
737630
price €
58,00
10,00
Item code
786320
price €
1,50
Electronic control board
VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
Specific accessories
MAG 100 aluminium column
Foundation plate for columns
Cards
FAAC magnetic card, numbered and coded (minimum q.ty 10 pcs.)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Container
Power supply voltage
Type of magnetic reader
Format
Reading of magnetic strip
Electrical connections
Max. distance between reader and control unit
Operating ambient temperature
Installation Heater LED indications
Buzzer Shutter Dimensions
Notes:
To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area.
174
MAG100
in Metal
12 Vdc (from control board)
Swipe
ISO STANDARD track 2
100% of track
Multipolar cable 5 x 0.5 mm2
100 metres
- 10° C to + 55° C
Wall-mounted or column-mounted
Not present
1 two-colour multifunction LED
Can be turned off
Not present
125 x 56 x 45 mm (L x H x D)
Tag10
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
ACCESS CONTROL
PROXIMITY READER
The TAG 10 passive transponder proximity reader can be used to build high-security access control systems.
With its distance detection, it offers greater ease of use and, since it is completely free from moving mechanical parts, it is practically
maintenance-free.
Item code
403107
price €
164,00
Specific accessories
Aluminium column (packing unit 2 pcs.)
Foundation plate for column
Item code
401034
737630
price €
66,00
10,00
Cards
FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs)
Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs)
Item code
786334
786323
price €
5,50
5,50
Model
Tag 10
description
Proximity reader for passive transponder
Electronic control board
VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Container
Power supply voltage
Reading distance
Protection class
Electrical connections
Max. distance between reader and control unit
Operating ambient temperature
Two-colour multifunction LED
Buzzer
Installation
Dimensions
TAG 10
Plastic
12 Vdc (from control board)
~10 cm
IP 54
5x0.5 mm2 shielded multi-pole cable
100 metres
-10°C to +55°C
YES
YES (can be turned off)
Wall-mounted or column-mounted
70 x 95 x 44 mm (L x H x D)
Use
TAG 10 Vehicle or pedestrian access control systems, indoors and outdoors
Notes:
To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area.
175
Resist
A100 compact
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
READERS FOR PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE GATES
The Resist line of readers for pedestrian and vehicle gates has a very robust anti-vandal structure with a front panel in fibre glass.
Resist-T
Model
Resist-T
Resist-PS
Resist-TPS
Resist-PS
description
keypad for access authorisation by entering a code
passive proximity reader
passive proximity reader with keypad for access authorisation by entering
a code
Resist-TPS
Item code
403124
403125
403126
price €
198,00
187,00
260,00
Item code
401061
price €
74,00
786334
786323
5,50
5,50
Electronic control board
VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
Specific accessories
Resist-COL Column in galvanised steel, painted black
Cards
FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs)
Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RESIST - T
RESIST-PS
Type of reader
Keypad, 12 buttons
Passive proximity
--
Max. 5 cm
Reading distance
TAG reading (125Khz)
--
TAG Card / Keyring
Structure
Pressure die-cast aluminium
Dimensions (mm) H100xL100xP42
Front panel
Fibre glass with polycarbonate layer
Protection class
IP 55
Buttons
Mechanical buttons in stainless steel
No button
Indication LED
Two-colour, 3 mm
Buzzer
Can be turned off
Power supply From the control board
Absorption
Max. 60 mA
Max. 100 mA
Operating ambient temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Installation
Wall-mounted or column-mounted
Electrical connections
5 x 0.5 mm cable, with screen (max. 100 m)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS RESIST- COL
Structure - galvanised steel
Painting - black powder
Dimensions - 1100x100x100 mm
Use: vehicle or pedestrian access control systems, indoors and outdoors
Notes:
To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area.
176
RESIST-TPS
Proximity and keypad
Max. 5 cm
TAG Card / Keyring
Mechanical buttons in stainless steel
Max. 160 mA
ACCESS CONTROL
Minitime
VEHICLE
OR PEDESTRIAN
ACCESS CONTROL
READERS FOR PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE GATES
The range of MINITIME keypads and readers is ideal for access control systems
both for pedestrians, indoors in prestige locations, and for vehicles outdoors.
Model
Minitime-T
Minitime-PS
Minitime-TPS
description
keypad for access authorisation by entering a code
passive proximity reader
passive proximity reader with keypad for access authorisation
by entering a code
Item code
403159
403161
403160
price €
138,00
112,00
153,00
Item code
401041
737630
price €
64,00
10,00
786334
786323
5,50
5,50
Electronic control board
VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
Specific accessories
MINITIME aluminium column
Foundation plate for columns
Cards
FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs)
Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MINITIME - T
MINITIME - TPS
MINITIME - PS
Keypad, 12 buttons
yes
yes
Type of reader
no
passive proximity
TAG reading distance
no
Max. 5 cm
TAG format
no
card / keyring at 125 KHz
Operating principle
connected with VIPER 400 or COBRA 5000
Signalling
via 3 two-colour LEDs on plastic cover
Front panel
stainless steel with polycarbonate layer
Buzzerincorporated
Installation
wall-mounted or column-mounted
Connections to control unit
Multipolar cable 5 x 0.5 mm, screened
Distance from reader to control unit
100 metres
Type of enclosure ABS with painted cover, dimensions H 175 L 60 D 45 MM
Operating ambient temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Power supply
directly from the control board COBRA 5000 and VIPER 400
no
Notes:
To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area.
177
Viper 400
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
CONTROL BOARD VIPER 400
The autonomous VIPER 400 control board is designed for stand-alone access
control systems (it does not require a personal computer).
It is ideal for all situations requiring a simple but secure system.
Model
Viper 400
Item code
790909
price €
169,00
Enclosure for VIPER 400 control board
Enclosure mod. E
Enclosure mod. L
Enclosure mod. LM
Item code
720119
720118
720309
price €
17,00
25,00
39,00
Specific accessories
Power supply for VIPER 400 board
MINISERVICE power supply (necessary for managing electric locks at 12 Vac (*)
Accessories for installing MINISERVICE in enclosures L - LM
Memory for saving data held in the VIPER 400 board
Item code
407030
790904
390624
799348
price €
25,50
66,00
13,50
14,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VIPER 400
Up to 2 readers can be connected - MAG, TAG transponder, RESIST - or
433/868 SLH trasmitters using the DECODER TTR
Memory capacity up to 400 users
Programmable control of a single gate or two gates:
single gate: entry reader/button to exit; entry reader/exit reader;
possibility of door status management with alarm activation
two gates: reader on entry A; reader on entry B (on gate A an exit
button can be installed and also a door status management with alarm
activation)
Can add access password to configuration and programming
1 3-digit display for programming and displaying card status
5 programming buttons
Programs available:
Card management (saving, deleting, changing)
Operational settings (manage one gate, manage two gates etc.)
Time settings
Activation of exits
Export/import archives
The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/
import the "card data" from one board to another, or to make backup
copies
Power supply 12 to 24 V ac/V dc
Compatible with enclosure models E - L - LM.
Notes
(*) When the Miniservice power supply is used to activate an electric lock (12 V ac) the power for the VIPER board can be
taken from the Miniservice (24 V dc). In this case the VIPER 400 power supply is not required.
Obviously not all electric locks are compatible with the Miniservice.
178
Resist SA
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
RESIST-SA is an access control device that can archive codes
or cards and command the opening of a door, control the status
(open/closed) and sound an alarm in the event of unauthorised
opening. It works totally autonomously ("SA" means Stand Alone)
with no external management board or computer for programming
and downloading data. The electronic control unit comprises two
interconnected boards:
- The CPU board, which contains the terminals, buzzer, relays and
interface for the passive reader
- The keypad board with the buttons, the LED indicators and the
antenna for the passive proximity reader.
RESIST-SA (reader A, master) can connect with a standard
RESIST, currently available (reader B, slave).
This configuration can manage an area with two gates, one entry
Model
Resist TPS SA
and one exit, controllable with Anti-Pass-Back.
Configuring the reader and acquiring the codes or cards can be
done via the keypad or using the kit for card programming.
The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/
import the list of cards or codes from a Resist-SA to a similar
product.
Resist TPS SA
description
reader + autonomous keypad
Specific accessories
Resist-Col column in galvanised steel, painted black
Memory for saving data
Cards
FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip
Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Type of device
Control board
Reading distance
TAGs handled
External structure
Dimensions (mm)
Front panel
Protection class
Type of keypad (12 buttons in steel)
LED indications
Buzzer
Input
Output
Number of users
Control of one door
Control of two doors
Reader A
Reader B
Configuration
Power supply
Absorption
Operating ambient temperature
Fixing
Master-slave connection cable
(min. 10 pcs)
Item code
403139
price €
276,00
Item code
401061
799348
price €
74,00
14,00
786334
786323
5,50
5,50
RESIST-TPS
Keypad con Proximity reader
Max. 5 cm
Cards/Keyrings
(0-9), Enter, Space
Card/code recognised,
error status
500 codes or cards
1 Resist-TPS-SA -1 Resist-TPS
1 Resist-TPS-SA A
1 Resist-TPS (B)
1 door alarm (A) - 1 door input (A)Keypad, Cards kit
Attention: the use of the proximity reader complete with keypad is recommended when a large amount of cards must be entered
179
ACCESS CONTROL
AUTONOMOUS READERS / KEYPADS
Minitime
A100 compact
SA CONTROL
VEHICLEACCESS
OR PEDESTRIAN
AUTONOMOUS READERS / KEYPADS
MINITIME-SA is an access control device that can archive cards and command the opening of a
door, control the status (open/closed) and sound an alarm in the event of unauthorised opening.
It works totally autonomously ("SA" means Stand Alone) with no external management board or
computer for programming and downloading data. The electronic control unit comprises two
interconnected boards:
- The CPU board, which contains the terminals, buzzer, relays and interface for the passive reader
- The keypad board with the buttons, the LED indicators and the antenna for passive proximity reading.
MINITIME-SA (reader A, master) can connect with a standard MINITIME currently available
(reader B, slave).
This configuration can manage an area with two gates, one entry and one exit, controllable with
Anti-Pass-Back.
Configuring the reader and acquiring the Codes or Cards can be done via the keypad or using the
kit for card programming.
The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/import the list of cards or codes
from a MINITIME-SA to a similar product.
Model
Minitime TPS SA
description
reader + autonomous keypad
Specific accessories
Minitime aluminium column
Foundation plate for column
Memory for saving data
Cards
FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip
Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Keypad, 12 buttons
Type of reader
TAG reading distance
Operating principle
Programming
Special functions
Connection of external readers
Inputs
Outputs
Inputs
Outputs
Number of users
Single gate management
Double gate management
Type of enclosure
Operating ambient temperature
Power supply
(min. 10 pcs)
Item code
403163
price €
172,00
Item code
401041
737630
799348
price €
64,00
10,00
14,00
786334
786323
5,50
5,50
MINITIME-T-SA
MINITIME-TPS-SA
MINITIME-PS-SA
yes
no
no
yes
no
passive proximity
max. 5 cm
stand - alone
Via keypad and 3 LEDs
Via cards
saving and deleting of cards, operational settings and exit activation times anti-passback management
Import/export card archive on additional memory
1 standard reader without keypad or display
2 inputs for button and door status
2 relay outputs for door-opening, 1 open-collector output for alarm
1 door status input – 1 door opening input (push-button)
2 relay outputs – 1 open collector output (alarm)
500 cards
500 More codes
500 codes or cards
entry reader / exit button, entry reader / exit reader, door management with alarm activation
entry reader, exit reader alarm activation
ABS with painted cover, dimensions H175 L60 D45 mm
10° + 55° C
12 - 24 VDC 12 -24 VAC, max. absorption 200 MA
Attention: the use of the proximity reader complete with keypad is recommended when a large amount of cards must be entered
180
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL UNIT WITH UHF 868
REMOTE DETECTION
The AT-4/868 UHF vehicle access control unit has been designed to identify the vehicles equipped with self-adhesive passive TAG applied
on the vehicle windscreen. The recognition occurs at a maximum distance of 4 m.
AT-4/868
Model
AT-4/868
TAG UHF 868
description
AT-4/868 reading unit
Item code
103162
price €
2.524,00
Passive transponders
TAG UHF 868
Item code
786348
price €
7,50
Specific accessories
FG1 Detector
FG2 Detector
Pole for AT-4/868 reading unit
Miniservice board (to supply power to AT-4/868)
Mod. E housing (for miniservice board)
Item code
785529
785527
722233
790904
720119
price €
209,00
326,00
295,00
66,00
17,00
Electronic control board
COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Reading unit
TAG Reader
Structure
Installation
Front panel
Dimensions
Weight
Operating ambient temperature
Absorbed current / power supply voltage
Protection class
Interface
Max. distance between reader and control unit
TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model
Max. reading distance
TAG UHF 868
4m
for detection up to max. 4 m
passive UHF 868
aluminium with articulated support
wall-mounted or rod-mounted
plastic material
200 x 220 x 47 mm
1 kg
-20°C to + 55°C
1A at 12 V and 0,5A at 24V
IP 65
RS232 or OMROM ISO 7811/2
50 m
Fastening
Self-adhesive
Dimensions
90 x 27 mm (L x H)
Attention: The max. reading range can only be obtained if the following conditions are complied with:
- TAG – reader front alignment
- TAG fastened in horizontal position
- TAG applied on unshielded glass
- Cannot be used for mixed vehicle access control – cars and trucks/coaches
The self-adhesive TAG can be damaged if removed
181
ACCESS CONTROL
AT-4/868
AT-4
ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN
AT4: VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL UNIT WITH DETECTION
AT A DISTANCE AND AT SPEED
The AT-4 control unit is designed to identify vehicles equipped with TAGs active at 2.45 GHz, installable on the windscreen of the vehicle
using sucker cups. Double identification is possible (for vehicle and driver), with the PROX-BOOSTER active transponder.
AT-4
Model
AT - 4
Window button
description
Reading unit for 2.45 GHz long-range active transponders
Item code
103161
price €
2.740,00
2.45 GHz LONG-RANGE active transponders
WINDOW BUTTON
Item code
786341
price €
42,00
2.45 GHz LONG-RANGE active transponders
FG1 Detector
FG2 Detector
785529
785527
209,00
326,00
Electronic control board
COBRA 5000 (see page 183)
AT 4
for detection up to 4 m
STOP and GO
Active at 2.45 GHz
in aluminium on articulated support
wall-mounted or on pole
plastic material
200 x 220 x 47 mm
1 kg
-20°C to + 55°C
12 - 24 Vdc
1A (12Vdc) - 0,5A (24Vdc)
IP 65
RS232 or OMROM ISO 7811/2
50 m
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Reading unit
Detection speed
TAG reader
Structure
Installation
Front panel
Dimensions
Weight
Operating ambient temperature
Power supply voltage
Absorbed current
Protection class
Interface
Identification signal
Max. distance between reader and control unit
TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model
Reading distance
WINDOW BUTTON
8m
Power supply
Lithium battery, 10 year life
Use: vehicle access control with detection at a distance and at speed.
182
Fixing
one suction cup
Dimensions
Ø 75 mm P 30 mm
Cobra 5000 Plus
ACCESS CONTROL
CONTROL UNIT
The new COBRA PLUS control unit, together with the new
ACCESSPLUS software, allows the setup of access control
systems of any type and size and can handle over 5000 readers
with LAN network connection.
All the technologies for handling access cards and their readers
are managed by the COBRA PLUS units.
Memory capacity for up to 65,000 users, management of 999 time
frames on a weekly basis, management of annual calendar with
holidays if online with the ACCESSPLUS software.
The supply of the control unit includes BASIC LITE software (free
of charge) suitable to program COBRA PLUS operating in stand
alone mode.
Model
Cobra 5000 Plus
description
Supplied with stabilised power supply and enclosure LM (IP55)
Specific accessories
Battery 12 Volt 1.2 Ah
Converter ETH-485-232
Converter ETH-MOD-V
COBRA PLUS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Access control system
CPU
Program memory
Tables + transactions memory
Serial ports
Operating principle
Readers management
User management (stand-alone)
Readings archive management (stand-alone)
Time bands management (stand-alone)
Parking lanes management
Single door management
Double door management
PIN management
Inputs and outputs
Power supply voltage
Item code
316030
price €
520,00
Item code
390675
103123
103073
price €
26,00
315,00
305,00
Pedestrian and vehicle
16/32 bit
512 Kbyte flash memory, updatable via serial port, containing all functional variants
512 Kbyte buffered RAM
1 RS 232 serial port - 1 auxiliary RS 232 serial port - 1 RS 485 serial port
1 RS 485 serial port for subnet management
In stand-alone mode if configured from a laptop PC, or on a network with a PC
Max. 2 readers (4 with MIXER board)
Variable from 10 to 15,000 - Preset to 5,000
Variable from 200 (15,000 cards) to 51,000 (10 cards) - Preset to 34,189 with 5,000 users
255
1 or 2, programmable
entry reader, exit button; entry reader, exit reader
possibility of door status management with alarm activation
reader on gate A; reader on gate B
on both, exit buttons can be installed and also door status management and alarms
Via connection with a reader equipped with display + keypad (PIN and PIN+card)
6 inputs, 1 anti-intrusion tamper, 4 relay outputs 230 V (+ 6% to 10%)
230 Vac
BASIC LITE SOFTWARE FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS (supplied free of charge with Cobra Plus unit)
Simple and easy to install, it has been designed for Cobra Plus units that operate in stand-alone mode.
• enables basic configuration for Cobra Plus units in stand-alone mode:
authorised cards are always read without expiry, possibility
to enable antipass-back control access rights to enable
reader A, B or A&B output activation (i.e. alarm) for unauthorised
cards, card loading rapid procedure (i.e. from 1 to 100)
• multi-site management: the software records the Cobra setting for the various sites
• you do not need to purchase it since it is supplied free of charge together with the Cobra Plus units
AccessPlus software required for advanced management, vehicle count, loop control, door status control.
183
Software & Cards
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
ACCESSPLUS software is suitable to manage all FAAC pedestrian
& vehicular access control readers. The software manages a series
of archives of user information, identification criteria for personnel
subject to checking, operation modes, both for the control units and for
the readers installed at the gates and accesses of controlled areas.
It handles up to 65,535 users and includes the module ACCESSPLUS
NET, (free of charge) for monitoring and sharing of the archives of an
ACCESSPLUS installed on another PC and LAN network.
ACCESSORIES FOR PC
Interface converter INT-232-485-ISO (4 lines)
USB-Opto485 converter (*)
Analogic modem for access control
Item code
103093
103183
316017
price €
177,00
158,00
451,00
779079
464,00
SOFTWARE
ACCESSPLUS software
SOFTWARE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating system
Access
Communication
Identification
User associations
Logistics controls
Time controls
Conditioning of opening
Microsoft Windows (7/XP/VISTA)
confidential password
serial port/USB*/LAN
transponder cards, magnetic card, PIN code
unlimited level of accesses
enabled zones, movements, anti-pass back, entering amounts
999 time bands/week
level of accesses, time bands, PIN codes, temporary disablings
Note: (*) the device allows programming of control unit by PC without port RS232.
USB-Opto 485 converter does not allow permanent on line link.
It does not work if linked to an USB HUB.
PASSIVE TRANSPONDERS AND CARDS
Magnetic and proximity cards are available in STANDARD ISO format (credit card; 86x54x0.78 mm).
Proximity cards are also available in the comfortable keyring format.
For all types of cards, the minimum order must be of at least 10 pieces except for customised cards
(see footnote).
Model
FAAC magnetic badge, numbered and coded
Customised magnetic card according to customer’s needs
White proximity card without magnetic strip
White proximity card numbered without magnetic strip
FAAC proximity card numbered without magnetic strip
Customised proximity card according to customer’s needs
White proximity card numbered with neutral magnetic strip
White proximity card numbered with coded magnetic strip
Proximity card with magnetic strip, customised according to customer’s needs
Transponder key-case format
Item code
786320
786339
786335
786336
786334
786340
786337
786338
786343
786323
Notes: (**) For the supply of customised cards, please contact FAAC S.p.A. sales offices in your area to request an offer.
Minimum quantity to be agreed.
184
price €
1.50
(**)
4,50
5,00
5.50
(**)
5.50
5.50
(**)
5.50
Management software
The AccessPlus control software allows you to manage terminals
or management central units connected to the data concentrator
computer. The software manages a series of archives for registry
data, personal identification criteria subject to control, function
modes, and of control units, readers installed in passageways, and
access points in controlled areas.
Model
Accessplus
INT-232-485 ISO interface converter (4 lines)
USB-Opto485 Converter (*)
All versions manage up to 65,535 users and include the AccessPlus
NET module (free) for monitoring and sharing the archives of an
AccessPlus installed on another PC on the LAN network.
The AccessPlus NET software can communicate with up to 10 PC
workstations in the same network.
Description
Software
Accessories for PC
Accessories for PC
Item Code
779079
103093
103183
Price (€)
464,00
177,00
158,00
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model
Operating system
Access
Communication
Identification
User associations
Logistics controls
Timer controls
Opening condition
Accessplus
Microsoft Windows (95/98/NT/2000/XP/VISTA)
Restricted password
Serial port
Transponder cards, magnetic cards, PIN code
Unlimited access level
enabled zones, movements, anti-passback,
amount entry
999 daily time slots
access level, time slots, PIN codes,
temporary disabling
Notes:
(*) The device allows the management unit to be programmed via PCs
without serial ports.
The USB-OPTO 485 converter does not allow permanent on-line
connection. It does not work if connected to a HUB-USB.
185
ACCESS CONTROL
ACCESSPlus
ProductPage
• J275 HA V2
188
• J275 SA
190
• J275 F
192
• J 355 M30-P1 HA
194
• J 355 M30-P1 F
196
• J200 HA
198
• J200 SA
200
• J200 F
202
Bollards
FAAC solutions to control vehicle transit in residential, commercial, industrial
and urban areas with limited traffic, as well as for safety applications in
perimeter protection.
FAAC solutions represent an elegant and functional alternative to fixed bollards, gates, barriers, chains and similar.
The bollard defines pedestrian areas during peak times or permanently, it enables only authorized means (business owners, residents,
hotel guests, garage customers, taxi, owners of parking spaces) to enter and/or exit from certain areas, it defines parking places,
squares or sidewalks and protects sensitive areas, such as embassies, coastlines, military installations, etc.
Lines
J200 line
J275 line
J355 M30-P1
line
Application
RESIDENTIAL
AREAS
COMMERCIAL,
INDUSTRIAL AREAS
AND URBAN PASSAGES
Type
Use
(HA) Automatic
To control vehicle access to
residential areas
(SA)
Semi-Automatic
To control access to areas
occasionally open to traffic or
difficult to wire
(F) Fixed
To complete installations
together with other retractable
models for access road
(HA) Automatic
To control vehicle access to
commercial and industrial
areas as well as urban
passages
(SA)
Semi-Automatic
To control vehicle access to old
town centers, areas difficult
to wire or areas occasionally
open to traffic
(F) Fixed
To complete installations
together with other retractable
models for access road
(HA) Automatic
To delimit, protect
and control vehicle access
to sensitive areas
(embassies, military areas,
etc.) and sites with special
safety
requirements
(F) Fixed
To protect sensitive areas,
together with fixed installations
or other retractable models
CERTIFIED PERIMETER
SAFETY
Certificates
187
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
FAAC Traffic bollards - J line
J275 HA V2
Retractable traffic bollard
automatic
The J275HA V2 automatic retractable traffic bollard is recommended
when many transits are expected per day. It can be operated by means
of commands performed by authorized personnel or by means
of automatic commands.
1. Guaranteed for a high use frequency
2. Rapid and silent movements
3. “Full optional” product; it is supplied already equipped with the
main accessories
4. Extreme care in the material selection
5. Simple maintenance (can be performed by a single person)
6. Perfect interchangeability with first generation bollards
7. "Gentle Stop” function to grant soft stop on the limit switch
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Movement
Cylinder height
Cylinder diameter
J275 HA V2 H600
Hydraulic operator
600 mm
275 mm
Steel S235JR EN 10219
Cylinder material
(thick. 7mm)
Cataphoresis and polyester
Cylinder material
powder painted RAL 7021
metallic dark grey
Cylinder material head
RAL 9006 Aluminium
Rising time
~5 s
Lowering time (standard)
~3,5 s
Lowering time (rapid) (*)
YES (selectable)
Emergency lowering time
~1,2 s
Obstacle detection device in rising
YES
Release device
YES
Absorption
230V~ 50(60Hz)
Max power
220 W
Protection class
IP67
Recommended use
Intensive use (traffic)
Reflecting strip height
55 mm
Standard reflecting strip color
Orange
Impact resistance
38000 J
Crash resistance
128000 J
Total weight
167 Kg
Pit weight
55 Kg
Bollard weight
112 Kg
Operating ambient temperature
-15 °C / +55 °C
Operating ambient temperature
-25 °C / +55 °C
with heater
Pit to wall in with modular
560 x 560 x 950 mm
cylindrical profile
Excavation dimensions
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor
Connection cable
cables, minimum section
1.5mm (not supplied)
Cable max. length
50 m
*When operated by the safety switch
188
J275 HA V2 H600 INOX
Hydraulic operator
600 mm
275 mm
AISI 316L satin finished
(thick. 6mm)
Satin finished
J275 HA V2 H800 INOX
Hydraulic operator
800 mm
275 mm
AISI 316L satin finished
(thick. 6mm)
Satin finished
RAL 9006 Aluminium
~5 s
~3,5 s
YES (selectable)
~1,2 s
YES
YES
230V~ 50(60Hz)
220 W
IP67
Intensive use (traffic)
55 mm
Orange
67000 J
207000 J
167 Kg
55 Kg
112 Kg
-15 °C / +55 °C
-25 °C / +55 °C
J275 HA V2 H800
Hydraulic operator
800 mm
275 mm
Steel S235JR EN 10219
(thick. 7mm)
Cataphoresis and polyester
powder painted RAL 7021
metallic dark grey
RAL 9006 Aluminium
~7 s
~4,5 s
YES (selectable)
~1,5 s
YES
YES
230V~ 50(60Hz)
220 W
IP67
Intensive use (traffic)
55 mm
Orange
38000 J
128000 J
195 Kg
65 Kg
130 Kg
-15 °C / +55 °C
-25 °C / +55 °C
560 x 560 x 950 mm
560 x 560 x 1.220 mm
560 x 560 x 1.220 mm
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor
cables, minimum section
1.5mm (not supplied)
50 m
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.540 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor
cables, minimum section
1.5mm (not supplied)
50 m
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.540 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor
cables, minimum section
1.5mm (not supplied)
50 m
RAL 9006 Aluminium
~7 s
~4,5 s
YES (selectable)
~1,5 s
YES
YES
230V~ 50(60Hz)
220 W
IP67
Intensive use (traffic)
55 mm
Orange
67000 J
207000 J
195 Kg
65 Kg
130 Kg
-15 °C / +55 °C
-25 °C / +55 °C
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
J275 HA V2 600
J275 HA V2 800
Height
600 mm
800 mm
Finish
Item code
price €
Painted steel
116006
116007
3.661,00
3.873,00
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 7 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED
• movement reporting buzzer
• emergency lowering in case of power cut (can be overridden)
• release key for emergency manual lowering
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
J275 HA V2 600
600 mm
stainless steel AISI 316L
satin finish
J275 HA V2 800
800 mm
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 6 mm satin-finished
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED
• movement reporting buzzer
• emergency lowering in case of power cut (can be overridden)
• release key for emergency manual lowering
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS,
VEHICLE TRANSIT
Item code
price €
116036
116037
4.510,00
4.828,00
CONTROL BOARDS
JE275 bollard control board
it controls up to max 4 bollards,
type J275 HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116300
276,00
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
JP 275/600 pit for bollard H600
including counterframe
Item code
Price (euro)
116100
487,00
JP 275/800* pit extension
for bollard H800*
Item code
Price (euro)
(*) both elements are requested
for the 800 mm version
116100 + 116101.
116101
90,00
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
JH275 pit heater for (to extend
operation down to -25°C)
Item code
Price (euro)
116200
318,00
JC275 pit cover
Item code
Price (euro)
116201
133,00
189
J275 SA
Retractable traffic bollard
semi-automatic
This bollard solves any transit and/or park control problems
without the need of an electric power supply (particularly suitable
for old town centers and areas difficult to wire). In fact, thanks to a gas
operator, raising occurs automatically by means of a key release.
Lowering occurs by a foot pressure on the bollard head.
1. Power supply and wiring not requested
2. Simple and safe movements thanks to the dedicated release key
3. “Full optional” product; it is supplied already equipped with the
main accessories
4. Kept lock in rised position (against accidental release)
5. Very simple maintenance
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Movement
Cylinder height
Cylinder diameter
J275 SA H600
Gas actuator
600 mm
275 mm
J275 SA H600 INOX
Gas actuator
600 mm
275 mm
Cylinder material
Steel S235JR EN 10219 (thick 7mm)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder
painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey
Aluminium RAL 9006
AISI 316L satin finished (thick 6mm)
Satin finished
By key (standard supplied)
55 mm
Orange
38000 J
128000 J
125 Kg
55 Kg
70 Kg
560 x 560 x 950 mm
By key (standard supplied)
55 mm
Orange
67000 J
207000 J
125 Kg
55 Kg
70 Kg
560 x 560 x 950 mm
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm
1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm
Cylinder material
Cylinder material head
Release device
Reflecting strip height
Standard reflecting strip color
Impact resistance
Crash resistance
Total weight
Pit weight
Bollard weight
Pit to wall in with modular cylindrical profile
Excavation dimensions
190
Aluminium RAL 9006
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
J275 SA 600
Height
600 mm
Finish
Painted steel
Item code
price €
116050
2.843,00
Item code
price €
116060
3.584,00
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS,
VEHICLE TRANSIT
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 7 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED*
• mechanical lock in raised position with special release key
• release key (2 pcs)
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
J275 SA 600
600 mm
stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 6 mm satin-finished
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED*
• mechanical lock in raised position with special release key
• release key (2 pcs)
(*) The power supply (24 Vdc) and the cable (2x1.5 mm) for the flashing lamp are not supplied.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
JP 275/600 pit for bollard H600
including counterframe
Item code
Price (euro)
116100
487,00
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
JC275 pit cover
Item code
Price (euro)
Release key kit (5 units)
116201
133,00
Item code
Price (euro)
390084
62,00
191
J275 F
Fixed traffic bollard
The FAAC J275 Fixed traffic bollard does not require either invasive
laying operations, or electric wiring.
It is therefore suitable for permanent installations in order to define
pedestrian areas, or for mixed installations together with other
automatic or semi-automatic bollards.
1. Power supply and wiring not requested
2. Simple laying and limited excavation
3. Guarantees aesthetic coherency in multiple installations together
with retractable bollards.
4. Possibility of removing the bollard to open the passage to traffic
temporarily.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
J275 F H600
Cylinder height
Cylinder diameter
Cylinder material, standard version
Standard cylinder surface treatment
Cylinder material, stainless steel version
Cylinder head
Standard reflecting strip
Crash resistance
Total weight
Frame to wall in
192
600 mm
J275 F H800
800 mm
275 mm
S235JR EN 10219 steel (4mm thick)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey
AISI 316L satin finished (3mm thick)
Aluminium RAL 9006
Height 55 mm
35 KJoules/Painted steel-59 KJoules/stainless steel version
34 kg (bollard)
38 kg (bollard)
450 x 450 x 55 mm
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
J275 F 600
J275 F 800
Height
600 mm
800 mm
Finish
Item code
price €
Painted steel
116020
116021
791,00
835,00
Item code
price €
116040
116041
1.231,00
1.314,00
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 4 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED*
SPECIAL VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
J275 F 600
600 mm
J275 F 800
800 mm
Finish
stainless steel AISI 316L
satin finish
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS,
VEHICLE TRANSIT
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 3 mm satin-finished
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED*
(*) The power supply (24 Vdc) and the cable (2x1.5 mm) for the LED lights are not supplied.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
JPF275 fixing frame for the fixed
bollard
Item code
Price (euro)
116120
127,00
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
JC275 pit cover
Item code
Price (euro)
116201
133,00
193
J 355 M30-P1 HA
Retractable security bollard
automatic
The FAAC J355HA-M30-P1 bollard is certified for the use
in perimeter security; it has been purposely designed
for the protection of sensitive areas, such as airports,
embassies, consulates, banks, harbors, etc.
The FAAC J355HA-M30-P1 bollard has been tested
according to the American standards “ASTM F 265607 - Standard Test Method for Vehicle Crash Testing of
Perimeter Barriers”, obtaining thus the certification for
the highest penetration rate.
The class M30-P1 indicates that the bollard FAAC J355 is able to
stop a 6800kg truck at a speed of 50Km/h (=30M/h) in 1 meter (P1).
The bollard is also available in the EFO (Emergency Fast Operation) version, that
guarantees a very rapid rising speed (1.5s) to increase the protection level.
1. Tested according to the American standards
ASTM F 2656-07 M30
2. “Full optional” product; it is already equipped with the main accessories
3. Guaranteed for a high use frequency
4. Kept lock in rised position also in the event of power failure
5. Extreme care in the material selection
6. Also available in EFO (Emergency Fast Operation) version for very rapid rising
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Movement
Cylinder height
Cylinder diameter
Cylinder material
Cylinder surface treatment
Head cylinder material
Rising time
Lowering time (rapid) device
Rapid emergency rising time
Lowering time
Release device
Absorption
Max. supplied power
Protection class of the hydraulic unit
Recommended use
Reflecting strip height
Reflecting strip color (standard)
Impact resistance
Crash resistance
Total weight
Pit weight
Bollard weight
Operating ambient temperature
Operating ambient temperature with heater
(optional)
Pit to wall in
Excavation dimensions
Connection cable
Connection cable max. length
Load class (EN 124)
194
J355 HA M30-P1
J355 HA M30-P1 INOX
J355 HA M30-P1 EFO
J355 HA M30-P1 EFO
INOX
Hydraulic operator
1,000 mm
355 mm
Steel S355JR EN10210 (16mm thick)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL
AISI 316L satin finished
7021 metallic dark grey
Aluminium RAL 9006
~6 s
NO
YES (EFO)
~1,5 s
~2 s
optional
230V~ 50(60Hz)
2500 W
IP67
Security applications
55 mm
White
150000 J
656000 J
800 Kg
250 Kg
550 Kg
-15 °C / +55 °C
-40 °C / +55 °C
590 x 670 x 1,665 mm
3.200 x 1.600 x 1.800 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied)
50 m
C25 (25t)
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
Height
Finish
J355 HA M30-P1
1.000 mm
Painted steel
J355 HA M30-P1 EFO
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 16 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights
• hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure)
• emergency circuit for a rapid rising (only EFO version)
Item code
price €
116004
116005
9.650,00
11.450,00
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
CERTIFIED PERIMETER PROTECTION
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
Item code
116034
J355 HA M30-P1
stainless steel AISI 316L
1.000 mm
satin finish
116035
J355 HA M30-P1 EFO
The product features:
• steel cylinder, 16 mm thick, with cataphoresis treatment and «sleeve» in stainless steel satin-finished
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights
• hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure)
• emergency circuit for a rapid rising (only EFO version)
price €
10.850,00
12.650,00
CONTROL BOARDS
JE275 bollard control board
it controls 1 J355 M30-P1 bollard
Item code
Price (euro)
116300
276,00
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
PIT for J355 HA Bollard
Item code
Price (euro)
116110
2.650,00
Pit heater for J355
J355 Manual release kit
Item code116202
Price (euro) 422,00
Item code
Price (euro)
116102
45,00
195
J355 M30-P1 F
Fixed security bollard
FAAC J355F M30-P1 traffic bollard has successfully passed the
ASTM F 2656-07 simulation testing. FAAC J355 traffic bollard is
therefore suitable for the permanent protection of sensitive areas
perimeters, alone or in combination with retractable (HA) models.
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Height of cylinder from ground
Cylinder diameter
Type of cylinder material
Type of cylinder treatment
Type of head material
Reflecting strip height
Standard reflecting strip colour
Break-in resistance
Total weight
Excavation dimensions (WxDxH)
196
J355 F M30-P1
J355 F M30-P1 INOX
1.000 mm
355 mm
Jacket S355JR EN 10210 (16mm thick)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder
Camiciatura AISI 316L satin finish
paint, dark grey metallised RAL 7021
Aluminium RAL 9006
55 mm
White
656000 J
652 Kg
4.000 x 2.300 x 350 mm
SICUREZZA PERIMETRALE
CERTIFIED PERIMETERCERTIFICATA
PROTECTION
Models
J355 F M30-P1
Height
1.000 mm
Finish
powder paint, dark grey metallised
Item code
116022
price €
3.950,00
Item code
116042
price €
4.650,00
ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 16 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights
• underground modular structure
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
J355 F M30-P1
Height
1.000 mm
Finish
Stainless Steel AISI 316L satin finish
The product features:
• steel cylinder, 16 mm thick, with cataphoresis treatment and «sleeve» in stainless steel satin-finished
• crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights
• underground modular structure
(*) L’alimentazione (24V) ed il cavo (2x1,5 mm) per il lampeggiatore, non sono forniti.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
Pit for J355 F
Item code
Price (euro)
63000324
514,00
197
J200 HA
Retractable bollard for traffic control
in residential areas
automatic
The FAAC J200HA Automatic retractable traffic bollard is particularly
suitable for controlling vehicle traffic in residential areas, thus
guaranteeing a smart control, being however careful about the
aesthetic impact. It can be operated by means of commands
performed by authorized personnel or by means of automatic
commands.
1. Rapid and silent movements
2. Streamlined product, it can be configured by selecting the desired
installation accessories
3. Easy transport, storage and laying thanks to the limited weight
4. Simple maintenance (can be performed by a single person)
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Movement
Cylinder stroke
Cylinder diameter
Cylinder material, standard version
Standard cylinder surface treatment
Cylinder material, stainless steel version
Cylinder head
Rising time
Lowering time
Hydraulic pump
Absorption
Protection class
Recommended use
Standard reflecting strip
Manual lowering operation
Total weight
Operating ambient temperature
Operating ambient temperature with heater (optional)
Overall dimensions
Connection cable
Max. length
198
Hydraulic operator
600 mm
200 mm
Fe 360 steel (6mm)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey
AISI 316L satin finished (6mm thick)
Aluminium RAL 9006
Approx. 5 sec
Approx. 7 sec
Power supply 230 Vac +6% - 10%; 50 Hz
230 W
IP 67
Use in residential applications
Height 25 mm
With hydraulic circuit mechanical release
90kg
-15 °C / +55 °C
-25 °C / +55 °C
400x500x800 mm
Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied)
50 mt
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
J200 HA 600
Height
600 mm
Finish
Painted steel
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required)
Item code
price €
116500
2.550,00
Item code
price €
116505
3.150,00
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
RESIDENTIAL AREAS
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
J200 HA 600
600 mm
stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished
• hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required)
CONTROL BOARDS
JE275 bollard control board
it controls up to max 4 bollards, type
J275 HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116300
276,00
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Pit heater for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116501
307,00
Release kit with pressure switch
for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116502
227,00
Acoustic signal for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116503
21,00
LED lights kit for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116504
56,00
199
J200 SA
Retractable bollard for traffic control
in residential areas
semi-automatic
This traffic bollard resolves the problems of transit and/or parking
control without requiring electric power (particularly suitable for
town centres and areas difficult to wire). The gas actuator allows
it to be lifted automatically with a key. It is lowered by pressing the
head of the bollard.
1. Power supply and wiring not required
2. Simple and safe movement, thanks to the specific unlocking
key
3. A streamlined product, configurable by selecting the desired
installation accessories
4. Easy to transport, store and install, thanks to the limited weight
of the product
5. Low position lock guaranteed against accidental release
6. Simplified maintenance (possible with just one person)
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Model
Type of operator
Height of cylinder from ground [mm]
Cylinder diameter [mm]
Cylinder material type
Cylinder treatment type
Head material type
Release device
Reflecting strip height [mm]
Standard reflecting strip colour
Overall Weight [Kg]
Dimensions of underground structure WxDxH [mm]
Excavation dimensions WxDxH [mm]
Force adjustment
200
J200SA H600
Single-acting gas actuator
600
200
Steel S235JRG2 EN 10277 (6mm thick)
Cataphoresis and polyester powder
paint, dark grey metallised RAL 7021
Aluminium RAL 9006
Key operated (supplied)
25
Orange
82
400 x 500 x 800
700 x 700 x 1.100
NO
J200 SA H600 INOX
Single-acting gas actuator
600
200
Steel 316L satin finish (6mm thick)
Satin finish
Aluminium RAL 9006
Key operated (supplied)
25
Orange
82
400 x 500 x 800
700 x 700 x 1.100
NO
RESIDENTIAL AREAS
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Height
600 mm
Finish
painted steel
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required)
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
J200 SA 600
600 mm
Stainless Steel AISI 316L satin finish
Item code
116508
price €
2.050,00
ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
Models
J200 SA 600
Item code
116509
price €
2.650,00
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished
• hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LED lights kit for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116504
56,00
Release key kit (5 units)
Item code
Price (euro)
390084
62,00
201
J200 F
Fixed bollard for traffic control
in residential areas
The FAAC J200 Fixed traffic bollard does not require either invasive
laying operations or electric wiring.
It is therefore suitable for permanent installations to define residential
pedestrian areas or for multiple installations together with other
automatic or semi-automatic bollards.
1. Power supply and wiring not required
2. Simple laying and limited excavation
3. Careful about the aesthetic aspect in mixed installations together
with other retractable bollards
4. Easy transport, storage and laying thanks to the limited weight of
the product
DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Cylinder height
600 mm
Cylinder diameter
200 mm
Cylinder material, standard version
S235JRG2 EN 10277 Steel (6mm thick)
Standard cylinder surface treatment
Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey
Cylinder material, stainless steel version
AISI 316L satin finished (6mm thick)
Cylinder head
Aluminium RAL 9006
Standard reflecting strip
Height 25 mm
Total weight
35 kg
202
STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL
Models
J200 F 600
Height
600 mm
Finish
Painted steel
Item code
price €
116506
750,00
TRAFFIC BOLLARDS
RESIDENTIAL AREAS
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted
• powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pits are not needed)
STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
Models
Height
Finish
J200 F 600
600 mm
stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish
Item code
price €
116507
1.150,00
The product features:
• cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished
• supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pits are not needed)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LED lights kit for J200HA
Item code
Price (euro)
116504
56,00
203
ProductPage
• Jcall System
206
Parking
205
Jcall System
ENTRANCE MANAGEMENT VIA TELEPHONE
The Jcall system enables you to open an entrance with just a simple ring of a mobile telephone, recording the event and
without any charges for the user.
SIMPLE TO USE
Just a mobile phone ring is necessary to command the opening of
an entrance
Cards or remote controls are not required and it can be used with
any other traditional opening system already present
Easy install and programmable via PC and SMS.
SAFE
Access is only allowed to enabled users. No sureties or returns
are required.
Customisable access permissions authorisations ; expiry
according to time frames, week days and months
Easy consultation in local mode of the accesses performed during
the last 30 days.
Lock of all accesses via SMS
Password-protected programming
A single device recognises up to 2000 users and controls up to 10
accesses (with optional expansion circuit)
THE JCALL KIT INCLUDES:
JCALL CONTROL UNIT
- GSM high gain antenna with magnetic base
- Network power supply
- A solid-state power relay for connection to the movement contact
- GPIO connector wired on the solid-state relay
- Installation CD for the management software via PC Jcall Manager
- 10 additional electrical contacts for the GPIO connector Jcall System
ECONOMIC
Simple local wiring
The call has no charges for the user
Model
Jcall Standard
Exp I/O
Description
Jcall Standard Kit
Expansion circuit for Jcall kit
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF JCALL CONTROL UNIT
Operating ambient temperature
Power supply
Average current consumption
Output port for programming and monitoring via PC
Inputs/Outputs
Frequency band
Unit dimensions
Unit approx. weight
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE JCALL SYSTEM
Jcall unit
Number of managed users
Expiry check
Time bands
Access authorisation
Programming
Input monitoring
Access register
206
Item code
790291
776031
price €
840,00
210,00
from -30°C to +70°C
8-30V DC
At rest: 3 mA
During calls: 300 mA
Serial port RS232
10 on GPIO connector
Quadri-band GSM 850/900/1800/1900MHz
13.0cm x 9.0cm x 3.7cm
190g
up to 10 gates and access for differentiated user groups
Up to 2000, can be organised in groups with differentiated access authorisations
By group and by single user
Up to 4 daily time frames
Time frames, week days, months
via PC, SMS
Possibility to monitor entrances controlled via external devices
Last 30 days
207
PARKING
Sliding doors
Model
Passage opening
Weight
Available versions
A100 COMPACT
from 700 to 3000
110 / 70 + 70 Kg
standard
A140 AIR
from 700 to 3000
200 / 120 + 120 Kg
standard, self-supporting
A 140 AIR T
from 1100 to 4000
110 + 110 / 4x60 Kg
telescopic
See the relevant section for details
Swing doors
Max. leaf weight
Model
950N
Leaf length
from 700 to 1400
Shoe arm
with articulated arm
from 71 to 286 Kg
from 92 to 376 Kg
The reliability of the products is guaranteed thanks to the careful choice of materials and by tests on 100% of production.
MADE IN ITALY
For all details regarding specifications, performance and prices of FAAC automatic doors, see
the AUTOMATIC DOORS CATALOGUE which contains a list of accessories to customise the
automation.
Automatic Doors
A100 COMPACT
Automated systems for sliding doors
single and double leaf
The dimensions contained in this way give the FAAC A100 COMPACT
automation the adaptability to work in any architectural environment, even
where space is limited. Thanks to maximum versatility of use, the A100
COMPACT series may be fitted to sliding doors with single leaves weighing
110 kg or double with maximum weight of 70 kg per leaf.
Compliant with
EN16005
Item code
Model
105296C
A100 COMPACT
A100 COMPACT 2
Leaf
Passage opening
mm
Max. leaf weight
Kg
single
double
700 ÷ 3.000
800 ÷ 3.000
110
70 + 70
Self-supporting
(head section length)
mm
no
no
A100 COMPACT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Max Power
Use frequency
Electric motor
Max. accessories load
Traction
Opening empty speed adjustment
Closing empty speed adjustment
Partial opening adjustment
Pause time
Night pause time
Anti-crushing safety device
Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005)
Low energy movement (EN 16005)
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
210
115/230V~ – 50 (60) Hz
100 W
100%
Motor powered at 36V
with encoder
1A - 24V
By means of an electro-conductive toothed belt
5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves)
5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves)
10% ÷ 90% of total opening
0 ÷ 30 s
0 ÷ 240 s
As standard
As standard (may be excluded)
As standard (may be excluded)
-20°C ÷ +55°C
IP 23 (for internal use only)
E100 control unit
• E100 microprocessor control
unit with incorporated motor
block, battery and photocell
boards
• Switching power supply
115/220V~
• Removable terminal boards
• Programming via SD KEEPER
function keyboard
• Programming of basic
functions through SDKWireless remote control and
SDK LIGHT keypad: automatic,
night, door open, one-way,
partial, manual
• Automatic adjustments
–– Definition of open and
closed positions
–– - Measurement of leaf mass
and friction
–– Selection of optimal
speed, acceleration and
deceleration
–– Sensor monitoring in
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
compliance with EN 16005
–– Anti-crushing safety device
in compliance with EN16005
–– Possibility to adjust speed
and SET UP execution
directly on the board
(without the aid of external
programmers)
RESET function
1 configurable output contact
2 configurable emergency
input contacts
Interlock function
“Gong” function
“Courtesy lights” function
“Immediate closing” function
LCD Display to view statuses
and fault diagnostics
3 buttons for basic
programming of:
–– opening and closing speed
–– pause time
–– night pause
–– motor block
–– battery
–– monitored protection
sensor management
–– acceleration and
deceleration ramps
–– opening and closing thrust
–– thrust force time
–– motor block surveillance
–– night function input delay
• USB Port for software update
Supporting profile
• In extruded aluminium,
slotted for height and width
adjustment
• Dimensions (HxD) 70 x 150 mm
• Sliding track integrated in
profile
Front cover
different thickness (max. 60
• Available in natural and
mm)
anodised aluminium, 100 mm
or 140 mm high with “L” shape • Hinge seat on the support
profile isolated from the same
• Fall prevention safety devices
by anti-vibration supports
for easy assembly with head
(open cover by rotating
section to prevent the cover
upwards)
from falling
• Designed for locking in open
• Knockouts to adapt leaves of
Drive unit
complete with:
• Gearmotor powered at 36V
with optical encoder
• E100 control unit
• Return pulley with screw
adjustment device for belt
tensioning
• Electro-conductive
transmission belt
• 2 carriages (A100 COMPACT
1 leaf) or 4 carriages (A100
COMPACT 2 leaves)
• Power supply unit with
switching power supply with
low energy consumption
(GREENtech)
Carriages
• Die-cast aluminium structure
• Two bearing wheels
manufactured in polyamide
• Nylon counter pin roller on
bearing
• Carriage height adjustment ±
7.5 mm
• Leaf depth adjustment +/10 mm
• Extruded aluminium leaf
attachment profile
• Brush for sliding track
cleaning
position for maintenance
211
Automatic Doors
THE COMPLETE A100 COMPACT AUTOMATED SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING
COMPONENTS:
A140 AIR
Automated systems for sliding doors
heavy, single and double leaf, telescopic
FAAC SERIES A140 AIR automations are supplied in the length and
configuration required by the customer.
The range consists of different models which feature actuation of single or
double leaves, self-supporting or supported head sections and actuation of
single or double telescopic leaves.
Thanks to its innovative “Energy Saving” device, it identifies the walking path
and perfectly optimises opening/closing times thus avoiding unnecessary air
dispersal, even in the event of side passages.
Compliant with
EN16005
Item code
Model
105269C
A140 AIR 1
A140 AIR 2
A140 AIR A1
A140 AIR A2
A140 AIR T2
A140 AIR T4
105031C
Leaf
single
double
single
double
single telescopic
double telescopic
Passage opening
mm
700 ÷ 3.000
800 ÷ 3.000
700 ÷ 3.000
800 ÷ 3.000
1.100 ÷ 3.000
1.400 ÷ 4.000
Max. leaf weight
Kg
200
120 + 120
200
120 + 120
110 + 110
60 + 60 + 60 + 60
Self-supporting
no
no
yes
yes
no
no
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Max Power
Use frequency
Electric motor
Max. accessories load
Traction
Opening empty speed adjustment
Closing empty speed adjustment
Partial opening adjustment
Pause time
Night pause time
Anti-crushing safety device
Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005)
Low energy movement (EN 16005)
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
212
115/230V~ – 50 (60) Hz
100 W
100%
Motor powered at 36V
with encoder
1A - 24V
By means of an electro-conductive toothed belt
5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves)
5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves)
10% ÷ 90% of total opening
0 ÷ 30 s
0 ÷ 240 s
As standard
As standard (may be excluded)
As standard (may be excluded)
-20°C ÷ +55°C
IP 23 (for internal use only)
E140 Control unit
• E140 microprocessor control
unit with incorporated motor
block, battery and photocell
boards
• Switching power supply
115/220V~
• Removable terminal boards
• Programming via SD KEEPER
function keyboard
• Programming of basic
functions through SDK
Wireless remote control and
SDK LIGHT keypad: automatic,
night, door open, one-way,
partial, manual
• Automatic adjustments
–– Definition of open and
closed positions
–– - Measurement of leaf mass
and friction
–– Selection of optimal
speed, acceleration and
deceleration
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–– Sensor monitoring in
compliance with EN 16005
–– Anti-crushing safety device
in compliance with EN16005
–– Possibility to adjust speed
and SET UP execution
directly on the board
(without the aid of external
programmers)
RESET function
1 configurable output contact
2 configurable emergency
input contacts
Interlock function
“Gong” function
“Courtesy lights” function
“Immediate closing” function
LCD Display to view statuses
and fault diagnostics
3 buttons for basic
programming of:
–– Opening and closing speed
–– Pause time
• Energy saving enabling
–– Night pause
–– Motor block
–– Battery
–– Monitored protection
sensor management
–– Acceleration and
deceleration ramps
–– Opening and closing thrust
–– Thrust force time
–– Motor block surveillance
–– Night function input delay
• USB Port for software update
Supporting profile
• In extruded aluminium,
slotted for height and width
adjustment
• Dimensions (H x D) 70 x 166
mm
• Special aluminium alloy
sliding track on anti-vibrating
seal.
• Designed for wall or ceiling
attachment
Front cover
• Available in natural and
anodised aluminium, 100
mm or 140 mm high, with “L”
shape
• Fall prevention safety devices
for easy assembly with head
section to prevent the cover
from falling
• Knockouts to adapt leaves of
different thickness (max. 60
mm)
• Hinge seat on the support
profile isolated from the same
by anti-vibration supports
(open cover by rotating
upwards)
• Designed for locking in open
position for maintenance
AIR drive unit
complete with:
• Gearmotor powered at 36V
with optical encoder
• E140 microprocessor control
unit
• Return pulley with screw
adjustment device for belt
tensioning
• Electro-conductive
transmission belt
• 2 carriages (1 mobile leaf
version) or 4 carriages (2 leaf
version)
• Power supply unit with
switching power supply with
low energy consumption
(GREENtech)
AIR T drive unit
complete with:
• Gearmotor powered at 36V
with optical encoder
• E140 microprocessor control
unit
• Return pulley system with
steel cable for version AIR -T
• 4 carriages (AIR -T2 versions)
or 8 carriages (AIR -T4
versions)
• Mechanical systems to
connect slow leaf and slow
belt
Carriages
• Galvanised steel structure
• 2 Sliding wheels in synthetic
material on bearings
• Nylon counter pin roller on
bearing
• ± 7.5 mm Height adjustment
via screw
• Leaf depth adjustment +/10 mm
• Extruded aluminium leaf
connection profile or spacers
• Brush for sliding track
cleaning
213
Automatic Doors
THE COMPLETE A140 AIR AUTOMATED SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING
COMPONENTS:
950N
Automated systems for swing doors
FAAC electromechanical automation for swing doors with motor in
continuous current and return spring
Protective cover in anodised aluminium-colour painted plastic material
Built-in microprocessor control unit with self-diagnosis and continuous
monitoring of all door functions
Installation either on the architrave or on the door with outwards or
inwards opening
Push and shoe actuation arms in anodised aluminium
Anti-crushing safety device active both in closing and in opening
(SAFEzone)
Function selector integrated in the operator with logic: AUTOMATIC MANUAL - OPEN
Self-learning of “open” and “closed ” door positions and measurement of
door mass
“CLOSING STROKE” function to assure door closing even in the event of
strong wind
Selectable “PUSH and GO” function
Manual operation in the event of power failure and spring closing
Designed for KP CONTROLLER keyboard functions Utilisation of the unit
features the following functions:
-- opening and closing speed adjustments;
-- pause time adjustment;
-- door opening width adjustment;
-- selection of operative functions MANUAL-OPEN-- AUTOMATIC-ONE-DIRECTIONAL-NIGHT
-- interlock function;
-- MASTER-SLAVE version for double leaf doors;
-- suitable for acoustic or light transit signals;
Compliant with
EN16005
FAAC 950N TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage
Max Power
Use frequency
Electric motor
Max. accessories load
Electro-lock power supply
Dimensions
Weight
Operation in the event of power failure
Opening angle
Opening empty speed adjustment
Closing empty speed adjustment
Partial opening adjustment
Pause time
Night pause time
Anti-crushing safety device
Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005)
Low energy movement (EN 16005)
Operating ambient temperature
Protection class
214
230V~ – 50 (60) Hz
100 W
100%
Engine powered at 24V
1A - 24V
/ 500mA max
(N.O./N.C.) 24V
530x105x160 mm (length x height x width)
10 Kg
Manual push/pull opening - Spring closing
100° ÷ 125°
4 ÷ 10 s (adjustable)
4 ÷ 10 s (adjustable)
10% ÷ 90% of total opening
0 ÷ 30 s
0 ÷ 30 s
As standard
As standard (may be excluded)
As standard (may be excluded)
-20°C ÷ +55°C
IP 23 (for internal use only)
Description
With electronic equipment, function selector and plastic cover
With electronic equipment, function selector and anodised aluminium cover
With electronic equipment, function selector and without cover casing
Item code
105414
105415
205004
LEAF DIMENSIONS
Length of leaf (mm)
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
Max leaf weight (Kg)\articulated
arm to push
367
320
281
249
222
199
180
163
149
136
125
115
107
99
92
Max leaf weight (Kg)\arm with
short shoe
286
249
219
-
Max leaf weight (Kg)\arm with
standard shoe
194
173
155
140
127
116
106
97
90
83
77
71
215
Automatic Doors
Model
950N
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE
1. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary and even if
any such provision may be contained in any possible general
conditions of the Buyer, these general conditions of sale
(hereinafter the “Conditions”) shall apply to all contracts of
sale which are made in Italy and/or abroad by FAAC S.p.A. or
by other companies and branches owned and/or controlled
by FAAC S.p.A. (hereinafter “FAAC”), which concern the
products manufactured and/or marked by FAAC (hereinafter
the “Products”). All offers , all acceptances of orders and all
deliveries by FAAC shall be deemed to have been made pursuant
to the following Conditions, except as otherwise expressly
provided in writing by FAAC.
2. The contract of sale shall be deemed to be entered into at
the moment in which the Buyer becomes aware of FAAC’s
acceptance of the Buyer’s order proposal, or in the absence
of said occurrence, at the time of delivery of the Products to
the Buyer. Orders may be accepted only if duly signed by the
Buyer and provided that said orders contain the technical data
necessary to identify the specifications of the Product ordered,
it being understood that FAAC shall, at its sole discretion,
be entitled to accept or refuse the orders. Any possible
cancellations of or modifications to any order by the Buyer shall
not be effective, unless previously authorized and subsequently
accepted in writing by FAAC. It is agreed that the execution of
the contract of sale shall be deemed to have taken place at
FAAC’s place of business in Zola Predosa (Bologna, Italy).
3. All delivery dates given shall be deemed as indicative only and
non-binding. FAAC shall use reasonable endeavors to effect
delivery within 30 (thirty) working days from the date of the order
confirmation by FAAC. In any event of late delivery, the Buyer
shall not be entitled to cancel the order or to any compensation
for damages of whatever nature. The Buyer , by collecting any
Products which may have been delivered late, waives any and
all rights in relation to said delay.
4. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between FAAC and the Buyer
the Products shall be delivered “EX WORKS” (in accordance to
the most recent edition of the ICC’s Inco terms). FAAC shall not
enter into any shipment or transportation agreement and shall
not insure the Products, unless the Buyer should so expressly
instruct FAAC in writing, it being in any event understood that
any and all risk and expenses in relation thereto shall be borne
exclusively by the Buyer. The buyer agrees promptly to collect
the Products as soon as receives notice that the products are
ready and at its disposal and, in any event, within eight days
of the date of said notice. In any event, the transfer of risk and
the payment terms shall run as of the date of the notice that the
Products are ready or, in the absence thereof, as of the date
of delivery. Standard packing of the Products suitable for air,
surface and sea transportation in container will be provided by
FAAC free of charge. If Buyer requires any special packing, the
full cost to FAAC of said special packing shall be invoiced to the
Buyer.
5. FAAC shall be entitled to make minor changes to the Product,
without being obliged to inform the Buyer. The quality and
quantity of the Product which FAAC undertakes to supply are
those specified in the order confirmation, or failing which, as
specified in the invoice at the time of delivery of the Products
216
6.
7.
•
•
by FAAC. A tolerance of up to +/- 10% (ten percent) in respect of
quantity will be allowed in relation to each of the Product. FAAC
those not represent or warrant to the Buyer that the Products
comply with the applicable laws and regulations in force in
the Country (IES) where the Buyer is established or where the
Products have to be sold, delivery and/or installed. FAAC shall
have no obligation to modify the Product in compliance with said
laws or regulations and the Buyer shall be solely responsible
for ensuring that the Product and any services of the Buyer
conform to the applicable technical and safety standards, laws
and regulations in force inside country (IES).
Title to the Products shall pass to the Buyer only upon payment
in full of the sale price of the Products. In the event of default
by the Buyer, FAAC shall be entitled, without any formalities,
including notice of default, to repossess all of the Products with
respect to which title has not yet passed to the Buyer , wherever
said Products may be; in addition, FAAC reserves the right to
seek any other judicial remedies available to it in respect of the
damages suffered.
Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the list prices of FAAC which
are in force as of the date of confirmation of each Product’s
order shall apply to said order. The prices of any non-standard
Products or any Products not appearing on the price list shall be
determined by FAAC on a case by case basis. FAAC reserves the
right to change the prices of the Products and/or the discounts,
if any, applicable thereto at any time and for any reason, upon 30
(thirty) days’ prior written notice to the Buyer. If the price list is
quoted by FAAC in a currency other than EURO, then FAAC may
alter the price of the Products at any time, without any notice to
the Buyer, to compensate possible fluctuations in the exchange
rate between EURO and the currency in which the prices are
quoted. If any delay in delivery of the Products occurs through
the fault of the Buyer, any possible increase in the price of the
Products which may have occurred since the confirmation of
the order relating to the Products shall be borne solely by the
Buyer. Except as otherwise agreed in writing, payment for all
Products shall be effected by means of:
an irrevocable letter of credit (“L/C”), confirmed by a primary
Italian bank, in compliance with publication 500 of the
International Chamber of Commerce as updated from time to
time, and valid for at least 30 days from the anticipated date of
final delivery. Or in alternative
Bank wire transfer with full amount covered by stand by L/C,
subject to U.C.P. 1993, confirmed by a primary Italian Bank, in
compliance with publication 500 of the International Chamber
of Commerce as updated from time to time, and expiring date
at least 180 days from the date of final delivery. Delivery of the
Products is conditional upon the issuing of the above L/C’s or
the payment of the price by any other means which may have
otherwise been authorized in writing by FAAC. Regardless of the
means of payment agreed upon, it is understood that payments
shall be deemed to have been effected at FAAC’s place of
business.
8. Under no circumstances shall the Buyer be entitled to suspend
or delay payment of the Products or raise any claims in relation
thereto until full payment therefore has been made. In the
9. FAAC shall be entitled to suspend and/or terminate the sale
contract at any time, at its sole discretion, or withdraw any more
favorable terms of payments which may have been granted in
respect to any order, in the event of any change in the Buyer’s
solvency and/or liquidity without prejudice to FAAC’s right to
compensation for damages.
10. Any and all taxes, duties, levies, licenses, authorizations, permits
and any and all tax and administrative formalities relating to the
importation and/or resale of the Products shall be borne and
carried out exclusively by the Buyer or, alternatively, they may
be carried out by FAAC at the Buyer’s sole risk, expense and
responsibility.
11. FAAC warrants and guarantees to the buyer that all new
Products shall be free under normal use and service from
manufacturing defects for a period of 24 month from the date of
installation of the Products or 30 months from the manufacturing
date (as shown on the tag plate of each Product), when available
(the “Warranty Period”). The buyer acknowledges and agrees
that FAAC’s warranty is expressly limited to manufacturing
defects and that said warranty shall not extend to any damage
to the products resulting from other causes, including, without
limitation, misuse, transportation or faulty installation thereof,
the maximum liability of FAAC to the buyer or to any other person
or entity, arising out of or in connection with the products and
based on a claim of breach or repudiation of warranty, shall
in no case exceed the price paid to FAAC for the product(s)
in question. Should FAAC be in breach of its representation
and warranty under this art. 11, FAAC’s entire liability and the
buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be, the repair or replacement
of the defective part Product free of charge, at FAAC’s own
workshop. The buyer shall send, free of charge, the part to
be repaired or replaced and FAAC shall examine said part to
determine whether it is defective and whether the manufacturer
is responsible for the defect; in which case only FAAC shall
repair or replace the part, in its sole discretion, and shall send
the repaired or replacement part to the buyer, who shall bear
the cost of transportation only. Any Products which may have
been returned without FAAC’s authorization shall not entitle the
Buyer to any credit notes nor reimbursement. In any event any
and or risk and expenses relating to the return of the Products
shall be born exclusively by the Buyer. Any claims relating
to the defects must be sent to FAAC by registered letter with
return receipt requested within eight day following the date of
delivery in the case of patent defects and eight days following
the date of discovery in the case of latent defects and in any
event, within the Warranty Period failing which the Buyer shall
lose all right to bring any claim in relations the thereto. The
non-consumer purchaser waives its right of recourse against
FAAC under art. 1519 quinquies of the Italian Civil Code. Any
and all further or other warranties, be they expressed or implied
including without limitation, any warranties provided by law
shall be deemed excluded and superseded by these conditions.
FAAC further disclaims all expressed, statutory or implied
warranties applicable to Products and accessories which are
not manufactured by it.
12. The buyer acknowledges that the Products may be dangerous
to persons or property when not installed or used in strict
compliance with the instructions for installation and use
furnished by FAAC and with the safety requirements specified
in the EN 12445 and EN 12453. FAAC expressly disclaims liability
for any personal injury or property damage resulting from
installation or use of the products, other than in strict compliance
with FAAC’s written instructions with respect to installation and
use, or from installation or use of the products together with
safety accessories or other products not manufactured by
FAAC, it being understood that the maximum liability of FAAC
to the Buyer or to any other person or entity arising out of or in
connection with the product and based on a claim of breach
or under the warranty, shall in no case exceed the price paid
to FAAC for the Product which gives rise to the claim, loss
or damage. In no event shall FAAC be liable for special and
consequential damages including, without limitation, loss of
profits.
13. FAAC shall not be held responsible to the buyer for any failure to
perform, including late delivery or failure to deliver, which failure
to perform is caused by occurrences beyond FAAC’s reasonable
control, or in any case caused by an event of force majeure,
including, but not limited to, late delivery or non-delivery of
materials by suppliers, strikes and other trade union actions,
terrorist activities, suspension of electrical energy or difficulties
in transportation.
14. The contracts of sale to which FAAC is a party shall be governed
by the laws of Italy, excluding the Vienna Convention of 1980
relating to contracts for the international sale of goods. Any
and all disputes arising out of or relating to the sale of Product
by FAAC shall be resolved exclusively by the court of Bologna,
Italy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FAAC may bring an action
against the buyer in any court having jurisdiction over the buyer.
217
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE
event of late payment, FAAC shall be entitled to exercise its
rights provided under the laws in force in Italy in relation to
late payment in commercial transactions, without prejudice
to its rights to seek any further damages. In any event, FAAC
may (i) terminate the contract in relation to the Products not yet
delivered and/or (ii) delay the carrying out of any order in hand,
inter alia, by suspending delivery of the Products until such time
as all outstanding debts owed by the Buyer to FAAC have been
paid.
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
Notes
P.T.
HEADQUARTERS
ITALY
FAAC SpA
Via Calari 10 - 40069 Zola Predosa (BO)
Tel. +39 051 61724 - Fax +39 051 758518
[email protected] - www.faacgroup.com
POLAND
FAAC MALAYSIA
Selangor, Malaysia
tel. +60 3 5123 0033
www.faac.international
FAAC FRANCE
Saint Priest - Lyon, France
tel. +33 4 72218700
www.faac.fr
AUSTRALIA
FAAC FRANCE - AGENCE PARIS
Massy - Paris, France
tel. +33 1 69191620
www.faac.fr
FAAC POLSKA SP.ZO.O
Warszawa, Poland
tel. +48 22 8141422
fax +48 22 8142024
www.faac.pl
FAAC AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
Homebush – Sydney, Australia
tel. +61 2 87565644
www.faac.com.au
AUSTRIA
FAAC GMBH
Salzburg, Austria
tel. +43 662 8533950
www.faac.at
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
tel. +49 30 56796645
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
BENELUX
FAAC BENELUX NV/SA
Brugge, Belgium
tel. +32 50 320202
www.faacbenelux.com
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands
tel. +31 475 406014
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
KEMKO AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES
7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands
tel. +31 314 378777
www.kemko.nl
BRAZIL
INDÚSTRIAS ROSSI ELETROMECÂNICA SA
Brasilia DF, Brazil
tel. +55 61 33998787
www.rossiportoes.com.br
CHINA
FAAC SHANGHAI
Shanghai, China
tel. +86 21 68182970
www.faacgroup.cn
FAAC FRANCE - DEPARTEMENT VOLETS
Saint Denis de Pile - Bordeaux, France
tel. +33 5 57551890
www.faac.fr
GERMANY
FAAC GMBH
Freilassing, Germany
tel. +49 8654 49810
www.faac.de
RUSSIA
FAAC RUSSIA
Moscow, Russia
tel. +7 (495) 646 24 29
www.faac.ru
SOUTH AFRICA
FAAC SOUTH AFRICA
2040 Johannesburg
tel. +27 11 794 4525
www.faac.international
SPAIN
FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS
tel. +49 30 56796645
[email protected]
www.faac-tubularmotors.com
CLEM, S.A.U.
San Sebastián de los Reyes - Madrid, Spain
tel. +34 91 3581110
www.faac.es
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
FAAC INDIA PVT. LTD
Noida – Delhi, India
tel. +91 120 3934100/4199
www.faacindia.com
FAAC AG
Altdorf, Switzerland
tel. +41 41 8713440
www.faac.ch
IRELAND
TURKEY
NATIONAL AUTOMATION LTD
Co. Roscommon, Ireland
tel. +353 71 9663893
www.nal.ie
FAAC OTOMATİK GEÇİ� SİSTEMLERİ
SAN. VE TİC. LTD. SIRTEKI
İstanbul, Turkey
tel.+90 (0)212 - 3431311
www.faac.com.tr
MIDDLE EAST
FAAC MIDDLE EAST FZE
Dubai Silicon Oasis Operation Center - Dubai, UAE
tel. + 971 4 3724190
www.faac.ae
SCANDINAVIA
FAAC NORDIC AB
Perstorp, Sweden
tel. +46 435 779500
www.faac.se
UNITED KINGDOM
FAAC UK LTD.
Basingstoke Hampshire, UK
tel. +44 1256 318100
www.faac.co.uk
U.S.A.
FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC
Rockledge, FL - U.S.A.
tel. +1 866 925 3222
www.faacusa.com
FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC
Fullerton, California - U.S.A.
tel. +1 714 446 9800
www.faacusa.com
WHEN IDEAS
CHANGE THE WORLD
Price List - Rev. 24
FRANCE
9908295004 - Rev. 24 - (03-2015) - 1.000 - Zucchini - (04-2015)
ASIA - PACIFIC
For an on-going product improvement, FAAC SpA reserves the right to make technical modifications without prior notice.
All rights are reserved and the reproduction, in any form or by any means, of the whole or any part of this publication, is forbidden without prior permission of FAAC SpA.
SUBSIDIARIES
PRICE LIST
Valid from 03/2015